GLOBAL CROSSING LTD
S-1, 1998-05-22
Previous: PATHNET INC, S-4, 1998-05-22
Next: IDG BOOKS WORLDWIDE INC, S-1, 1998-05-22



<PAGE>
 
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 22, 1998
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                                ---------------
 
                                   FORM S-1
 
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
                                     UNDER
 
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                             GLOBAL CROSSING LTD.
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>                                  <C>
    BERMUDA                       4813                         NOT APPLICABLE
(STATE OR OTHER       (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL            (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
JURISDICTION OF       CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)          IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
INCORPORATION OR
 ORGANIZATION)
</TABLE>
 
                                ---------------
 
                                 WESSEX HOUSE
                                45 REID STREET
                            HAMILTON HM12, BERMUDA
                                (441) 296-8600
              (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
       INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                                CT CORPORATION
                           1633 BROADWAY, 23RD FLOOR
                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019
                                (212) 479-8200
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                  INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                                ---------------
 
                                  COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
              D. RHETT BRANDON, ESQ.                               ROGER KIMMEL, ESQ.
            SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT                              LATHAM & WATKINS
               425 LEXINGTON AVENUE                           885 THIRD AVENUE, SUITE 1000
             NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
                  (212) 455-2000                                     (212) 906-1200
</TABLE>
 
  APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
                                    PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [_]
 
  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following
box and list the Securities Act of 1933 registration statement number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
 
  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box and list the
Securities Act of 1933 registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]
 
  If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434
under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box. [_]
 
                                ---------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          PROPOSED    PROPOSED MAXIMUM
 TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                   MAXIMUM        AGGREGATE      AMOUNT OF
    SECURITIES TO BE     AMOUNT TO BE  OFFERING PRICE     OFFERING     REGISTRATION
       REGISTERED        REGISTERED(1)  PER UNIT(2)       PRICE(2)         FEE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>           <C>            <C>              <C>
Common Stock, par value
 $.01 per share.........      shares       $            $300,000,000     $90,910
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Includes     shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to a 30-day option
  granted to the Underwriters solely to cover over-allotments.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
 
                                ---------------
 
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,
ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                               EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
  This Registration Statement contains two prospectus cover pages: one to be
used for a prospectus in connection with a United States and Canadian offering
(the "U.S. Prospectus") and one to be used for a prospectus in connection with
a concurrent international offering (the "International Prospectus"). The
International Prospectus will be identical to the U.S. Prospectus except that
it will have a different front cover page and back cover page and a different
section entitled "Underwriting." The front cover page, back cover page, and
"Underwriting" section to be used in the International Prospectus are located
at the end of the U.S. Prospectus and have been labeled "Alternate Page for
International Prospectus."
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                    SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED      , 1998
 
PROSPECTUS
                                       SHARES
                              GLOBAL CROSSING LTD.
         LOGO
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                   --------
 
  All of the shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, offered hereby
(the "Shares") are being sold by Global Crossing Ltd., a Bermuda company ("GCL"
or the "Issuer" and, together with its subsidiaries, "Global Crossing" or the
"Company"). Of the            Shares being offered,            Shares are being
offered by the U.S. Underwriters (as defined herein) in the United States and
Canada (the "U.S. Offering") and           Shares are being offered by the
International Underwriters (as defined herein) in a concurrent international
offering outside the United States and Canada (the "International Offering"
and, collectively with the U.S. Offering, the "Offerings"), subject to
transfers between the U.S. Underwriters and the International Underwriters
(collectively, the "Underwriters"). The Price to Public and Underwriting
Discount per Share will be identical for the U.S. Offering and the
International Offering. See "Underwriting." The closing of the U.S. Offering
and International Offering are conditioned upon each other.
 
  Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Issuer. It is currently estimated that the Price to Public will be
between $         and $        per share. See "Underwriting" for information
relating to the factors considered in determining the Price to Public.
 
  Application has been made to have the Common Stock listed on the Nasdaq Stock
Market's National Market (the "Nasdaq National Market") under the symbol
"GBLXF."
 
                                   --------
 
  SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 12 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
WHICH SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE SHARES OFFERED
HEREBY.
 
                                   --------
 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
   SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.   ANY
      REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      PRICE TO           UNDERWRITING         PROCEEDS TO
                                       PUBLIC    DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS(1) COMPANY (2)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>                          <C>
Per Share                               $                    $                   $
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)                             $                   $                    $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
     liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. See "Underwriting."
 (2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated at $       .
 (3) The Company has granted to the U.S. Underwriters and the International
     Underwriters 30-day options to purchase up to an aggregate of
     additional shares of Common Stock at the Price to Public, less
     Underwriting Discounts and Commissions, solely to cover over-allotments,
     if any. If the Underwriters exercise such options in full, the total
     Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to
     Company will be $           , $           and $           , respectively.
     See "Underwriting."
 
                                   --------
 
  The Shares are offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the Underwriters,
to prior sale and to such Underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or
in part and to withdraw, cancel or modify the offer without notice. It is
expected that delivery of the Shares will be made at the offices of Smith
Barney Inc. at 333 West 34th Street, New York, New York 10001 or through the
facilities of The Depository Trust Company (the "Depository") on or about
             , 1998.
 
                                   --------
 
    Joint Book-Running Managers
 
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY           MERRILL LYNCH & CO.         CIBC OPPENHEIMER
                              
 
MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER     DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES    GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
The date of this Prospectus is              , 1998.
<PAGE>
 
  CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERINGS MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN, OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT, STABILIZING AND SHORT-COVERING TRANSACTIONS IN THE
COMMON STOCK, EFFECTING SYNDICATE COVERING TRANSACTIONS AND THE IMPOSITION OF
A PENALTY BID, DURING AND AFTER THE OFFERINGS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE
ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
  THIS PROSPECTUS HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES IN BERMUDA
PURSUANT TO PART III OF THE COMPANIES ACT, 1981 OF BERMUDA AND THE BERMUDA
MONETARY AUTHORITY ("BMA") HAS GIVEN ITS CONSENT TO THE ISSUE AND TRANSFER OF
UP TO      SHARES OF COMMON STOCK. IN ACCEPTING THE PROSPECTUS FOR FILING, THE
REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES ACCEPTS NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE FINANCIAL SOUNDNESS
OF ANY PROPOSALS OR FOR THE CORRECTNESS OF ANY STATEMENTS MADE OR OPINIONS
EXPRESSED WITH REGARD TO THEM. APPROVALS OR PERMISSIONS RECEIVED FROM THE BMA
DO NOT CONSTITUTE A GUARANTEE BY THE BMA AS TO THE PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY
OR ITS CREDIT WORTHINESS. ACCORDINGLY, IN GIVING SUCH APPROVALS OR
PERMISSIONS, THE BMA SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR THE PERFORMANCE OR THE DEFAULT OF
THE COMPANY OR FOR THE CORRECTNESS OF ANY OPINIONS OR STATEMENTS EXPRESSED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
 
               SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF LIABILITIES
 
  The Issuer is organized pursuant to the laws of Bermuda. In addition,
certain of the directors and officers of the Issuer reside outside the United
States and a substantial portion of the assets of the Issuer are located
outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to
effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to
realize against them in courts of the United States upon judgments of courts
of the United States predicated upon civil liabilities under the United States
federal securities laws. The Company has been advised by its legal counsel in
Bermuda, Appleby, Spurling & Kempe, that there is doubt as to the enforcement
in Bermuda, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of
United States courts, of liabilities predicated upon U.S. federal securities
laws, although Bermuda courts will enforce foreign judgments for liquidated
amounts in civil matters subject to certain conditions and exceptions.
 
                               ----------------
 
  In this Prospectus, references to "dollars" and "$" are to United States
dollars, and the terms "United States" and "U.S." mean the United States of
America, its states, its territories, its possessions and all areas subject to
its jurisdiction.
 
               INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
  This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that include, among
others, statements concerning the Company's plans to effect the design,
construction, and operations of, and sales of capacity on, its planned
telecommunications systems, expectations as to funding its future capital
requirements and other statements of expectations, beliefs, future plans and
strategies, anticipated developments and other matters that are not historical
facts. Management cautions the reader that these forward-looking statements
are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events or
results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the
statements. The most important factors that could prevent the Company from
achieving its goals include, but are not limited to, failure by the Company
to: (i) complete its systems within currently estimated time frames and
budgets, (ii) sell capacity on its systems, (iii) make a successful transition
from a system development to an operating company and (iv) effectively compete
in the context of a rapidly evolving market characterized by intense price
competition and unpredictable levels of demand for telecommunication capacity.
See "Risk Factors."
 
                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
                                    SUMMARY
 
  The following summary should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in
its entirety by, the more detailed information and financial information
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. For a discussion of certain factors to
be considered in connection with an investment in the Shares, see "Risk
Factors." Unless the context otherwise requires, the term "Company" means GCL
and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. A glossary of relevant terms
used in the telecommunications business is included at the end of this
Prospectus.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
  Global Crossing is the world's first independent provider of global long
distance telecommunications facilities and services utilizing a network of
undersea digital fiber optic cable systems and associated terrestrial backhaul
capacity. As such, the Company believes it is the first to offer "one-stop
shopping" for its customers to multiple destinations worldwide. The Company
operates as a "carriers' carrier", providing tiered pricing and segmented
products to licensed providers of international telecommunications services.
Capacity on the Company's network is offered to all customers on an open, equal
access basis. The first four cable systems under development by the Company,
together with associated terrestrial backhaul capacity, will form a state-of-
the-art interconnected worldwide high capacity undersea fiber optic network
(the "Global Crossing Network"): Atlantic Crossing ("AC-1"), a system
connecting the United States and Europe; Pacific Crossing ("PC-1"), a system
connecting the United States and Asia; Mid-Atlantic Crossing ("MAC"), a system
connecting the eastern United States, Bermuda, the Caribbean and Central
America; and Pan American Crossing ("PAC"), a system connecting the western
United States and Central America. The Company is in the process of developing
several new cable systems and evaluating other business development
opportunities which will complement the Global Crossing Network.
 
  Global Crossing's business is designed to meet the varying needs of the
global carrier market. The Company offers customers the ability to purchase
discrete increments of capacity on demand, thereby (i) eliminating their need
to commit the substantial capital which would otherwise be required to build
undersea cable capacity and (ii) decreasing the risks associated with
forecasting their future capacity requirements. Compared with traditional
undersea cable systems, the Company offers more comprehensive, flexible and
low-cost purchasing alternatives designed to meet current market requirements
of international carriers, including direct international city-to-city
connectivity, the ability to purchase capacity annually and discounts based
upon aggregate volume purchased on the Global Crossing Network.
 
  The Global Crossing Network is being engineered and constructed to allow
multiple upgrades to its initial circuit capacity at a fraction of the original
cost. The Company is focusing on expanding the products and services it offers
to customers in order to increase revenues and profits. These expanded customer
offerings, including upgrade opportunities and terrestrial backhaul services,
represent longer term revenue opportunities for the Company. Furthermore,
Global Crossing believes that additional opportunities exist for the
construction of auxiliary cable segments which would further add to the
Company's growth potential. Global Crossing intends to actively pursue these
and other opportunities in the future, including complementary businesses and
facilities.
 
  Global Crossing was formed to capitalize on the accelerating growth of
international voice and data telecommunications traffic. The significant
increase in Internet usage and other bandwidth-intensive applications and the
growing use of corporate networks have substantially increased the demand for
international fiber optic cable capacity. The proliferation of
telecommunications service providers due, in large part, to industry
deregulation has further contributed to increased demand for such international
cable capacity. Additionally, the Company believes that other technological
developments, such as improvements in "last mile" access technology, including
xDSL and cable modems, and the increasing video content of Internet
applications, will result in further capacity demand growth.
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
 
  The Company commenced operations in March 1997, when it contracted for the
construction of AC-1, a 14,000 km digital fiber optic cable system that will
link the United States, the United Kingdom, The Netherlands and Germany and
will initially offer 40 Gigabits per second ("Gbps") of service capacity, which
is upgradeable to a minimum of 80 Gbps, significantly increasing the existing
undersea fiber optic cable capacity along this heavily trafficked transatlantic
route. AC-1 is scheduled to commence service on its United States-United
Kingdom segment by May 31, 1998 and the full system, encompassing a four fiber
pair self-healing ring, is scheduled for completion by February 1999. In May
1998, Global Crossing contracted for the construction of PC-1, a 21,000 km
digital cable system that will link the United States and Japan and will
initially offer 80 Gbps of service capacity, upgradeable to a minimum of 160
Gbps. PC-1, a four fiber pair self healing ring, is scheduled to commence
initial service in March 2000.
 
  In addition to the undersea segments of the Global Crossing Network, the
Company has made and expects to continue to make acquisitions of terrestrial
telecommunications capacity which complement its core undersea cable business
and which address customer demands for global city-to-city connectivity. Global
Crossing intends to pursue such connectivity in approximately 50 of the largest
metropolitan telecommunications markets worldwide. Once completed, the undersea
segments of the Global Crossing Network, in combination with the Company's
investments in terrestrial telecommunications capacity, will form an integrated
worldwide network with multiple access points offering low-cost wholesale
capacity.
 
                               MARKET OPPORTUNITY
 
  The Global Crossing Network is being developed to capitalize on certain
trends in the international telecommunications industry:
 
  Rapid Growth of Telecommunications Traffic. While international voice traffic
from 1996-2000 is expected to grow at a rate of 13% annually, international
data traffic growth is expected to significantly outpace voice traffic growth.
One of the key factors contributing to the growth in data traffic is the
increasing use of broadband applications such as the Internet, which has grown
at a compound annual rate of 86% for the past five years as measured by the
number of Internet hosts. In addition, improvements in "last mile" technology,
such as xDSL and cable modems, are contributing to the significant increase in
the number of subscribers using such bandwidth-intensive applications. For
example, the number of cable modem subscribers in the United States alone is
projected to increase by approximately 600% in 1998. Several additional key
factors are expected to drive the rapid growth in worldwide telecommunications
traffic, including the (i) worldwide growth in the use of bandwidth-intensive
applications, such as video conferencing and corporate intranets, (ii)
increased globalization of commerce and (iii) a general decline in
international tariffs.
 
  Impact of Global Deregulation. The continued deregulation of the global
telecommunications industry has resulted in a significant increase in the
number of competitors, including traditional carriers, wireless operators, ISPs
and new local exchange service providers, due in large part to: (i) the breadth
and volume of privatization activity globally and (ii) the ability of new
entrants to effectively compete against the formerly protected incumbent
providers. This change in the global competitive landscape is generating
significant demand for broadband telecommunications capacity as carriers seek
to secure sufficient capacity for their expansion plans. As of April 1998, the
ITU estimated that there were 1,000 international carriers, representing a 186%
increase since the end of 1996. In addition, further telecom privatization is
expected during 1998 and 1999, which in turn is expected to generate increased
global competition.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
 
  Shortage of Available Capacity. The Company believes that additional network
undersea capacity and faster response times will be required to satisfy current
and anticipated growth in telecommunications traffic. While there has been a
significant increase in the demand for global telecommunications capacity,
there has not been a corresponding growth in the number of new transport
facilities, especially in the undersea cable industry. The Company believes
that construction of competing undersea cable systems will be limited in the
near future due to barriers to entry, including (i) the extensive lead time
required to engineer and construct cable systems, (ii) the limited number of
major undersea cable supply and construction companies, (iii) the limited
number of qualified personnel with extensive experience in the undersea cable
industry and (iv) the significant capital required to develop undersea cable
systems.
 
  Increasing Challenges for Consortia Systems. Historically, the planning and
ownership of undersea cable systems was conducted through large consortia
typically led by the monopoly telecommunications providers. Global Crossing
believes that the consortium approach to constructing, owning and operating
undersea cable systems is becoming far less effective as (i) carriers
increasingly view significant long term capital investments in capacity to be a
suboptimal utilization of resources, (ii) deregulation of international
telecommunications markets leads to direct competition among consortia members
for customers, (iii) competition from new entrants makes carriers' market share
and capacity requirements increasingly difficult to predict and (iv) the rapid
pace of technological change creates difficulties in the ability of carriers to
accurately forecast the growth of telecommunications traffic.
 
  Acceptance of Privately Sponsored Cable Systems. The Company believes that
telecommunications service providers have become increasingly receptive to the
advantages of independent, privately-owned cable systems. In connection with
the marketing of capacity on the Global Crossing Network, carriers have
responded positively to the Company's ability to offer (i) capacity as and when
needed without the incurrence of significant initial capital investments, (ii)
a wide range of purchasing options appealing to both established carriers and
new market entrants, (iii) state-of-the-art system quality combined with cost-
effective high quality operations, administration and maintenance support and
(iv) the absence of direct competition with its customers.
 
                               BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  Global Crossing's mission is to create an integrated global network through
ownership of a portfolio of undersea fiber optic systems, combined with
associated terrestrial backhaul capacity, which will offer its customers the
highest quality city-to-city connectivity at competitive prices. The principal
elements of the Company's business strategy include:
 
  Create a Worldwide Network. Upon completion, the currently announced undersea
segments of the Global Crossing Network will directly connect Asia, North
America, Europe, Central America and the Caribbean through the major
transoceanic routes utilizing state-of-the-art technology. To increase the
attractiveness of the Global Crossing Network, the Company is making selective
wholesale acquisitions of terrestrial telecommunications capacity, thereby
providing its customers with international city-to-city connectivity through
Global Crossing's cable systems at prices significantly lower than if such
customers had attempted to gain connectivity by separately purchasing required
terrestrial backhaul capacity. Global Crossing intends to pursue such
connectivity in approximately 50 of the largest metropolitan telecommunications
markets worldwide. The Company also intends to actively pursue additional
opportunities for the expansion of the Global Crossing Network, including
complementary businesses and facilities.
 
  Maintain Position as a Leading Wholesale Service Provider. Global Crossing is
the world's first independent provider of global long distance
telecommunications facilities and services utilizing a network of undersea
digital fiber optic cable systems and associated terrestrial backhaul capacity.
The Company's products are segmented to meet the varying needs of the global
carrier market, with shore-to-shore capacity offered to major carriers that
have their own terrestrial backhaul capacity and city-to-city capacity provided
to other
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
customers that require such service. Global Crossing also offers carriers,
through wholesale channels, a combination of volume-based purchasing
flexibility, typically according to a tiered scale with various incentive
levels, and volume discounts for purchases of capacity on one cable system
based upon purchases previously made on the Company's other systems. In certain
cases, the Company will permit the transfer of a portion of unused capacity
purchases from one Global Crossing system to another depending on customers'
individual traffic needs.
 
  Utilize State-of-the-Art Technology. The Global Crossing Network is being
engineered and constructed using the latest in fiber optic technology, self-
healing ring structures, erbium doped fiber amplifier repeaters, dense
wavelength division multiplexing ("DWDM") and redundancies of capacity to
ensure instantaneous restoration. The Company believes that incorporating such
technology in the Global Crossing Network will (i) provide a cost advantage
over existing alternatives, (ii) make it more reliable than competing systems,
(iii) allow the Company to offer substantially more capacity than existing
cable systems and (iv) enable the capacity of each of the Company's cable
systems to be upgraded at the landing stations rapidly and at a fraction of the
initial system cost without physical modification of the submerged portion of
the system.
 
  Maintain Position as Low-Cost Provider. The Company plans to maintain its
position as a low-cost provider of facilities and services to its carrier
customers relative to its competitors. Global Crossing believes that this low-
cost position results from a combination of (i) low sales and marketing and
general and administrative costs, reflecting a commitment to wholesale
customers, (ii) ownership of undersea fiber optic facilities utilizing state-
of-the-art technology, resulting in lower operating and maintenance costs that
will be passed on to its customers, and (iii) leveraging the Company's strong
position in the undersea fiber optic facilities market to obtain low-cost
terrestrial connectivity between cable landing stations and major
telecommunications sites.
 
  Provide "One-Stop" Sales and Service. Through both its marketing and sales
force, as well as its ongoing operations, administrative and maintenance
support, Global Crossing plans to offer one-stop sales and service to customers
worldwide. The Company currently employs 15 marketing professionals located in
major cities throughout the world in order to facilitate the sales of its
telecommunications capacity and increase market
awareness and name recognition. The efforts of the sales force have resulted in
significant contractual arrangements to date with international
telecommunications carriers. In addition, Global Crossing is developing a
centralized operations, administration and maintenance support system to serve
the entire Global Crossing Network, including a customer care center, network
operations center and technical support center. Through such integrated
customer support, in combination with its sales force, the Company intends to
enable customers to have a single point of contact regarding capacity sales and
service on the Global Crossing Network.
 
  Leverage Extensive Management Experience. Global Crossing has assembled and
will continue to build a strong management team comprised of executives with
extensive operating experience in the telecommunications industry and the
undersea cable sector. Prior to joining the Company, Jack Scanlon, the
Company's Chief Executive Officer, was President and General Manager of the
Cellular Networks and Space Sector of Motorola, Inc., responsible for
approximately $6 billion in annual revenues and 16,000 employees. Mr. Scanlon
has over 30 years of experience in the telecommunications industry, including
24 years with AT&T and Bell Laboratories. In addition, William Carter, the
Company's senior executive in charge of system development, was formerly the
President and Chief Executive Officer of AT&T Submarine Systems Inc. ("SSI"),
overseeing the research and development, engineering, implementation and
integration of SSI's international cable and satellite facilities. Mr. Carter
had been at AT&T for 30 years prior to joining the Company. During Mr. Carter's
tenure, SSI had the leading worldwide market share in the undersea cable
industry. Dan J. Cohrs, the Company's Chief Financial Officer, was formerly
Vice President and Chief Planning and Development Officer at GTE Corporation
("GTE"), where he was responsible for corporate development activities,
including mergers and acquisitions and strategic transactions, as well as
strategic planning and competitive analysis. In addition, the Company's
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
system development team includes several individuals with extensive experience
with major undersea cable and telecommunications industry participants. See
"Management."
 
                          THE GLOBAL CROSSING NETWORK
 
  As part of Global Crossing's mission to create an integrated global, high
capacity undersea fiber optic cable network, the initial Global Crossing
Network is being engineered and constructed to connect the two most heavily
trafficked international corridors in the world via AC-1 (United States to
Europe) and PC-1 (United States to Asia). Global Crossing plans to interconnect
these systems with two north-south systems (MAC and PAC), directly connecting
Bermuda, the Caribbean, Central America and, through unaffiliated cable
systems, South America. Of the four undersea fiber optic cable systems
currently being developed by Global Crossing, AC-1, MAC and PAC are wholly-
owned projects, while PC-1 is being developed through a joint venture with one
or more partners, including Marubeni Corp. of Japan ("Marubeni"). Global
Crossing will have at least a 50% interest in PC-1 and, in conjunction with
Marubeni, will manage its development, sales and operation.
 
ATLANTIC CROSSING
 
  AC-1, the Company's first undersea fiber optic cable in the Atlantic region,
is a 14,000 km four fiber pair self-healing ring that, upon completion, will
connect the United States and Europe with landing stations in the United
States, the United Kingdom, The Netherlands and Germany. AC-1 is equipped with
state-of-the-art DWDM and the full ring will initially offer 40 Gbps of service
capacity, significantly increasing the existing fiber optic cable capacity on
this transatlantic route. Capacity on AC-1 is upgradeable to a minimum of 80
Gbps using DWDM technology.
 
  The aggregate costs of AC-1, which are estimated to be approximately $750
million, have been fully financed prior to the Offerings. In addition to the
construction contract (the "AC-1 Contract") with Tyco Submarine Systems Ltd.
("TSSL") for construction of the system, Global Crossing has entered into other
contracts with TSSL pursuant to which TSSL will provide operations,
administration and maintenance services for the system. AC-1 is scheduled to
commence service on its United States-United Kingdom segment by May 31, 1998
and the full system, encompassing a self-healing ring, is scheduled for
completion by February 1999.
 
  The Company has successfully marketed capacity on AC-1 to licensed
telecommunications providers, including PTTs, established and emerging
telecommunications companies and Internet service providers. Sales of capacity
on AC-1 and related backhaul commenced in October 1997 and, as of April 21,
1998, the Company had entered into capacity purchase agreements and other
binding commitments (collectively, "CPAs") with customers providing for
payments to the Company in excess of $400 million. The Company's AC-1 customers
now total about 20 carriers, including Deutsche Telekom, Teleglobe, Swisscom,
PTT Telecom BV, Telia AB and a number of emerging telecommunications companies.
In addition, the Company has received non-binding indications of interest from
customers pursuant to Memoranda of Understanding and similar agreements
(collectively, "MOUs") that would, if converted into CPAs, provide for payments
to the Company of approximately $175 million. The timing of payments by
purchasers under CPAs generally depends on when service commences on the
segment or segments of AC-1 on which capacity is acquired. All of the foregoing
payment amounts assume the completion of each segment prior to its scheduled
initial ready-for-service date.
 
  Based upon its current expectations regarding sales of capacity on AC-1, the
Company believes that it will develop and eventually construct Atlantic
Crossing-2 ("AC-2"), an additional four fiber pair cable connecting the United
States to Europe. When combined with AC-1, AC-2 would double the capacity that
Global Crossing would be able to offer customers on the transatlantic route.
 
PACIFIC CROSSING
 
  PC-1, the Company's first undersea fiber optic cable in the Pacific region,
is being developed as a 21,000 km four fiber pair self-healing ring that, upon
completion, will connect California, Washington and two landing
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
sites in Japan, providing connectivity to other points in Asia through
interconnection with third party cable systems. PC-1 is designed to operate
initially at 80 Gbps of service capacity and to be upgradeable to a minimum of
160 Gbps, using DWDM technology.
 
  In April 1998, the Company executed a contract with TSSL for the construction
of PC-1 (the "PC-1 Contract"), which provides for a system completion date of
Summer 2000 at an aggregate cost of approximately $1.2 billion (excluding
potential future upgrades). Equity investments in PC-1 by Global Crossing and
its partners are currently estimated at $400 million (of which at least $200
million will be provided by the Company), with the remaining $800 million
financed through incurrence of non-recourse indebtedness at the PC-1 level. The
contractual arrangements for the financing of such indebtedness were completed
on May 11, 1998.
 
MID-ATLANTIC CROSSING
 
  MAC is being developed as a 9,300 km two fiber pair self-healing ring that,
upon completion, will connect New York, Bermuda, the Caribbean and Florida.
Additionally, MAC will interconnect with PAC using a two fiber pair cable that,
upon completion, will connect the Caribbean and Panama. Global Crossing intends
that MAC will be connected to AC-1 via its cable station in Brookhaven, New
York, providing connectivity between Europe, the eastern United States,
Bermuda, the Caribbean, Panama and, through interconnection with third party
cable systems, South America. It is anticipated that MAC will transverse Panama
via an existing terrestrial right-of-way. MAC is being designed to operate
initially at 20 Gbps of service capacity and to be upgradeable to a minimum of
40 Gbps using DWDM technology.
 
  Global Crossing has entered into a non-binding agreement in principle with
TeleBermuda International Limited ("TBI"), the second international carrier in
Bermuda, pursuant to which Global Crossing expects to acquire from TBI the now
operational BUS-1 undersea cable which connects Bermuda to New Jersey, in
exchange for cash and certain capacity on AC-1. If such transaction is
consummated, the BUS-1 cable will be incorporated into MAC, with its northern
landing site moved from New Jersey to Brookhaven, New York.
 
  Alcatel Submarine Networks ("Alcatel") has been selected by the Company to
engineer and construct MAC and has been instructed to proceed with preparatory
activities. The Company is in negotiations with Alcatel for a definitive
construction contract for MAC. Based upon these negotiations, the Company
currently anticipates that MAC will be completed by November 1999 and will cost
approximately $415 million (excluding potential future upgrades), of which
approximately $135 million will consist of equity contributions by the Company
and $280 million is expected to be financed through non-recourse indebtedness
at the MAC level.
 
PAN AMERICAN CROSSING
 
  PAC is being developed as a 7,000 km two fiber pair cable that, upon
completion, will connect California, Mexico and Panama. PAC will connect with
PC-1 through the Company's landing station in San Luis Obispo,
California and with MAC through the Company's landing station in Panama. PAC is
being designed to operate initially at 20 Gbps of service capacity and to be
upgradeable to a minimum of 40 Gbps using DWDM technology.
 
  The Company is currently negotiating the engineering and construction
contract for this system. Based upon these negotiations, the Company believes
that PAC could be constructed by February 2000 and will cost approximately $280
million (excluding potential future upgrades), with $80 million financed
through equity contributions from the Company and $200 million expected to be
financed through non-recourse indebtedness at the PAC level.
 
TERRESTRIAL BACKHAUL SERVICES
 
  In addition to the undersea segments of the Global Crossing Network, the
Company has made and expects to continue to make acquisitions of terrestrial
telecommunications capacity which complement its core undersea
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
cable business and which address customer demands for global city-to-city
connectivity. Global Crossing intends to acquire such connectivity to at least
50 of the largest metropolitan telecommunications markets worldwide. The
Company has already entered into contractual arrangements to provide
terrestrial backhaul service between its landing stations in the United States
and the United Kingdom and New York City and London, respectively, as well as
other arrangements to provide backhaul service in Germany and The Netherlands.
In addition, the Company recently entered into a capacity exchange agreement
with Qwest Communications International Inc. ("Qwest") whereby Global Crossing
will receive access to over 25 U.S. metropolitan telecommunications markets on
Qwest's terrestrial network in exchange for capacity on AC-1. The Company has
also recently entered into arrangements to provide backhaul services to PC-1
customers from its Japanese landing stations directly to the major metropolitan
centers of Japan at prices substantially lower than existing alternatives.
 
ADDITIONAL NETWORK EXPANSION OPPORTUNITIES
 
  The Company is in the process of developing several new cable systems and
evaluating other business development opportunities which will complement the
Global Crossing Network. There can be no assurance that the Company will
ultimately elect to proceed with such opportunities or, if it elects to do so,
that such opportunities will help the Company achieve and sustain operating
profitability.
 
  Further Undersea Opportunities. The undersea routes served by the Global
Crossing Network and other cable systems are projected to have substantial
growth greatly exceeding all capacity currently in use and under development
(including planned upgrades). To address such demand, the Company plans to
evaluate and, as appropriate, build additional systems on such routes. It is
anticipated that such systems, where possible, would be restored on the
existing systems and would achieve further cost efficiencies through the use of
existing landing stations.
 
  Terrestrial Backhaul Opportunities. The Company is reviewing opportunities to
build terrestrial backhaul networks connecting the major cities in Europe and
Japan to landing sites for both AC-1 and PC-1 landing stations, respectively.
 
  Other Development Opportunities. The Company is actively pursuing development
opportunities whereby Global Crossing would provide to carriers "fee-for-
service" expertise in the planning, design, implementation and operation of
global undersea cable systems and associated terrestrial backhaul.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  The net proceeds from the sale of the Shares offered hereby are estimated to
be approximately $       (after deducting the Underwriters discount and
estimated Offerings fees and expenses payable by the Company). The Company
intends to use all of the net proceeds of the Offerings to make investments in
the Global Crossing Network and for general corporate purposes.
 
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                          ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>  
                                                       Global Crossing Ltd.
                                                       -------------------

                                                   Global Crossing Holdings Ltd.
                                                   ----------------------------
<S>                     <C>                     <C>                          <C>                          <C> 
                                                                                                           Development
Global Telesystems      Pacific Crossing        Mid-Atlantic Crossing        Pan American Crossing        and Marketing
   Holdings Ltd.          Holdings Ltd.             Holdings Ltd.                Holdings Ltd.             Activities
   ------------           ------------              ------------                 ------------              ----------

       AC-1                    PC-1                      MAC                         PAC
  (Wholly-Owned)          (Joint Venture*)           (Wholly-Owned)             (Wholly-Owned)
   ------------            --------------             ------------               ------------
</TABLE> 
 
* Minimum of 50% interest. All other subsidiaries of the Issuer are wholly-
owned.
 
  The Company's executive offices are located at Wessex House, 45 Reid Street,
Hamilton, Bermuda and its telephone number is (441) 296-8600. The Company's
home page on the Internet is http://www.globalcrossing.bm.
 
                                 FINANCING PLAN
 
  Of the $750 million in total estimated costs for AC-1, approximately $592
million has been incurred as of April 15, 1998. All future costs with respect
to AC-1 are fully financed with the remaining availability under the existing
$482 million credit facility (the "AC-1 Credit Facility") of Atlantic Crossing
Ltd. ("ACL").
 
  Global Crossing estimates that the total cost of developing and deploying its
other fiber optic cable systems currently under development is approximately
$1,895 million, which is comprised of $1,200 million for PC-1, $415 million for
MAC and $280 million for PAC. The Company has received proposals and, in
certain cases, has commenced negotiations or executed documentation regarding
debt financing for such systems which will be non-recourse to the Company other
than with respect to its required equity contribution. Based upon executed debt
financing documentation, equity investments in PC-1 by Global Crossing and its
partners are currently estimated at $400 million (of which at least $200
million will be provided by the Company), with the remaining $800 million of
estimated costs expected to be financed initially through the incurrence of
non-recourse indebtedness at the PC-1 level. With respect to MAC and PAC, based
upon current negotiations, the Company currently anticipates making investments
of $135 million and $80 million, respectively, with the remaining $280 million
and $200 million, respectively, of estimated costs expected to be financed
initially through the incurrence of non-recourse indebtedness at the system
level. With respect to AC-2 and other network expansion opportunities currently
under evaluation by the Company, it is anticipated that additional financing
will be required. Global Crossing has historically been able to secure non-
recourse indebtedness for its systems totalling approximately 75-80% of system
costs and intends to finance its future expansion opportunities in a similar
fashion. The actual amounts of the Company's future capital requirements will
depend on certain factors including the cost of developing its cable systems,
the speed of developing its systems and the pricing of the Company's services.
There can be no assurance that financing for such systems will be available to
the Company or, if available, that such financing can be obtained on a timely
basis and on acceptable terms. See "Risk Factors--Substantial Future Capital
Requirements" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
 
  On May 18, 1998, Global Crossing Holdings Ltd. ("GCH"), the direct wholly-
owned subsidiary of GCL, consummated an $800 million private offering (the
"Note Offering") of 9 5/8% Senior Notes Due 2008 (the "GCH Senior Notes"). GCH
utilized approximately $295 million of the net proceeds of the Note Offering to
refinance certain obligations incurred as part of the initial financing of AC-
1. The balance will be utilized to make equity investments in certain of the
Company's systems and for general corporate purposes.
 
                                 THE OFFERINGS
 
Common Stock offered
 
  U.S. Offering ............        shares
 
  International Offering....        shares
 
  Total (1).................        shares
 
Common Stock to be
 outstanding after the              shares
 Offerings (1)(2) ..........
 
Net Proceeds ...............  Approximately $     million (approximately $
                              million if the Underwriters' over-allotment
                              options are exercised in full).
 
Nasdaq National Market        GBLXF
symbol......................
 
Use of Proceeds.............  All of the net proceeds of the Offerings will be
                              applied to make investments in certain of the
                              Company's cable systems under development and for
                              general corporate purposes. See "Use of
                              Proceeds."
- --------
(1) Does not include up to an aggregate of           shares of Common Stock
    subject to over-allotment options granted to the U.S. Underwriters and
    International Underwriters (see "Underwriting").
 
(2) After giving effect to the Offerings. Based on shares outstanding as of
            , 1998. Does not include: (i)               shares of Common Stock
    reserved for issuance under the Stock Incentive Plan (see "Management--
    Stock Incentive Plan"); (ii)     shares of Common Stock reserved for
    issuance under the GCL Warrants (see "Description of Capital Stock--
    Liquidation of Old GCL"); and (iii)      shares of Common Stock reserved
    for issuance under the PCG Warrants (see "Certain Transactions").
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
  PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY CERTAIN FACTORS RELATING TO
AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES. SEE "RISK FACTORS."
 
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
               SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
  The summary data presented below under the captions "Statement of Operations
Data" and "Balance Sheet Data" as of December 31, 1997 and for the period from
March 19, 1997 (date of inception) through December 31, 1997 are derived from
the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included herein, which
financial statements are prepared in accordance with United States Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles ("U.S. GAAP") and have been audited by Arthur
Andersen & Co., independent public accountants, as indicated in their report
thereon included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The financial data as of and for
the three months ended March 31, 1998 are derived from unaudited interim
financial statements. The unaudited interim financial statements include all
adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, that management considers
necessary for fair presentation of the financial position as of and results of
operations for these interim periods. Results of operations for the interim
periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full
year. The operating data presented below are derived from the Company's
records. The Company is in its development stage; accordingly, financial data
presented herein and elsewhere in this Prospectus is not necessarily indicative
of the financial position or results of operations of the Company in the
future. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with the
discussion under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations," "Business" and the Consolidated Financial
Statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             FOR THE PERIOD
                                          FOR THE           MARCH 19, 1997
                                        THREE MONTHS     (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO
                                    ENDED MARCH 31, 1998   DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                    -------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                 <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Interest Income....................     $    345,834          $  2,941,352
                                        ------------          ------------
Expenses:
  Sales and Marketing..............          784,216             1,366,724
  General and Administrative.......        2,614,903             1,695,770
  Depreciation and Amortization....           30,367                39,214
  Project Evaluation Costs.........        7,047,044                   --
                                        ------------          ------------
Total Expenses.....................       10,476,530             3,101,708
                                        ------------          ------------
Net Loss...........................      (10,130,696)             (160,356)
Preference Share Non-Cash
 Dividends(1)......................       (4,408,230)          (12,689,923)
                                        ------------          ------------
Net Loss Applicable to Common
 Shareholders......................     $(14,538,926)         $(12,850,279)
                                        ============          ============
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AS OF
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                          AS OF MARCH 31, 1998        1997
                                        ------------------------- ------------
                                                          AS
                                         HISTORICAL   ADJUSTED(2)  HISTORICAL
                                        ------------  ----------- ------------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Current Assets Including Cash and
 Restricted Cash(3).................... $ 54,683,167              $ 27,743,838
Total Assets(4)........................  701,562,521               577,298,723
Long Term Debt and Other
 Obligations(5)........................  472,253,000               332,534,000
GTH Preference Shares(6)...............   95,007,302                90,643,919
Shareholders' Equity:
  Common Stock.........................          110                       110
  Additional Paid-in Capital(7)........   87,395,845                86,970,845
  Deficit Accumulated During the
   Development Stage(8)................  (27,389,205)              (12,850,279)
                                        ------------              ------------
Total Shareholders' Equity.............   60,006,750                74,120,676
                                        ------------              ------------
Total Capitalization................... $627,267,052              $497,298,595
                                        ============              ============
</TABLE>
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      AS OF
                                                                  APRIL 21, 1998
                                                                  --------------
   <S>                                                            <C>
   OPERATING DATA:
   Executed CPAs.................................................  $400 million
<CAPTION>
                                                                   ESTIMATED(9)
                                                                  --------------
   <S>                                                            <C>
   Route Kilometers..............................................     51,300
   Fiber Kilometers..............................................    345,200
   Estimated System Costs
     AC-1 .......................................................  $750 million
     Other Projects Under Development............................ $1,895 million
   Landing Stations..............................................       14
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The holders of 14% senior increasing rate redeemable exchangeable
    preference shares (the "GTH Preference Shares") of Global Telesystems
    Holdings Ltd. ("GTH") are entitled to receive cumulative, compounding
    dividends at an initial annual rate of 14%. Preference share dividends
    include cumulative 14% dividends and amortization of the discount and
    issuance costs. All dividends to date have been paid through the issuance
    of additional preference shares. The Company has deposited a portion of the
    net proceeds of the Note Offering in trust to redeem all of the outstanding
    GTH Preference Shares effective as of June 17, 1998.
(2) As adjusted to reflect the Offerings, the Note Offering and the application
    of the net proceeds therefrom.
(3) The majority of restricted cash and cash equivalents appearing in the
    "Historical" column are funds which have been reserved for the purpose of
    funding future interest payable on GTH's 12% Senior Notes Due 2004 (the
    "GTH Senior Notes") and the amount appearing in the "As Adjusted" column
    includes additional funds reserved for the purpose of funding future
    interest payable on the Note Offering. The Company has applied a portion of
    the net proceeds of the Note Offering to repurchase all outstanding GTH
    Senior Notes. The amount reflected in the "As Adjusted" column consists of
    (i) actual Current Assets, plus (ii) the gross proceeds of the Offerings
    and the Note Offering, less (iii) amounts expended in connection with the
    tender for the GTH Senior Notes and the redemption of the GTH Preference
    Shares, less (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
    Offerings and the Note Offering.
(4) The amount appearing in the "As Adjusted" column consists of (i) actual
    Total Assets, plus (ii) the $   million increase in Current Assets
    discussed in footnote (3) above, plus (iii) capitalized fees and expenses
    of the Offerings and the Note Offering in an amount of $      million, less
    (iv) a write-off of $10.2 million of deferred fees and issue costs
    associated with the repurchase of the GTH Senior Notes.
(5) The amount appearing in the "As Adjusted" column consists of (i) actual
    Long Term Debt and Long Term Obligations under Inland Services Agreements,
    less (ii) the $150 million principal amount of GTH Senior Notes, plus (iii)
    the $800 million principal amount of the GCH Senior Notes.
(6) Reflects (i) $100 million of GTH Preference Shares originally issued, plus
    (ii) $13.7 million ($9.8 million as of December 31, 1997) of GTH Preference
    Shares issued as dividends thereon, less (iii) $18.7 million ($19.2 million
    as of December 31, 1997), reflecting the unamortized discount and issue
    costs associated therewith. The "As Adjusted" column reflects that all GTH
    Preference Shares were redeemed from the net proceeds of the Note Offering.
(7) The amount appearing in the "As Adjusted" column includes a one time charge
    in connection with the redemption of the GTH Preference Shares to
    Additional Paid-in Capital of approximately $34.8 million expected to occur
    on June 17, 1998. This charge would be comprised of: (i) a $16.1 million
    charge for the call premium on the GTH Preference Shares and (ii) a write-
    off of $18.7 million of discount and issue costs associated with the GTH
    Preference Shares assuming the GTH Preference Shares had been redeemed as
    of March 31, 1998.
(8) The amount appearing in the "As Adjusted" column includes a one time
    extraordinary loss on the repurchase of the GTH Senior Notes of
    approximately $20.0 million. This loss would be comprised of: (i) a $9.8
    million charge for the tender premium on the GTH Senior Notes and (ii) a
    write-off of $10.2 million of deferred fees and issue costs associated with
    the GTH Senior Notes assuming the GTH Senior Notes had been repurchased as
    of March 31, 1998.
(9) Assumes full completion of AC-1, PC-1, MAC and PAC based upon current
    Company estimates, including anticipated financing costs. See "Risk
    Factors--Risks Relating to Completing the Company's Cable Systems" and
    "Risk of Error in Forward-Looking Statements."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, the
following risk factors should be considered carefully by prospective investors
in evaluating the Company and its business prospects before purchasing the
Shares.
 
LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY
 
  The Company was organized in March 1997 and is in the development stage. The
Company's financial information relates to a period in which the Company was
engaged in construction and development of AC-1 and had minimal revenues and
operating costs because the costs of construction have been capitalized. The
Company's operations to date have generated operating losses. The Company had
net losses applicable to common shareholders of approximately $27.4 million
for the period from March 19, 1997 (date of inception) through March 31, 1998,
which consisted primarily of paid in-kind dividends on preference shares.
Global Crossing to date has financed its net losses, debt service, capital
expenditures and other cash needs through the proceeds of sales of common and
preferred equity and the issuance of debt, including non-recourse indebtedness
of ACL. In addition, the Company will require substantial additional capital
in order to carry out its business plan. See "--Substantial Future Capital
Requirements."
 
  The Company's success will substantially depend on sales of capacity upon
its systems. While the Company has been primarily marketing and selling
capacity on AC-1 during its construction period and this activity has resulted
in executed CPAs as of April 21, 1998 to purchase capacity totaling
approximately $400 million, including related sales of terrestrial capacity,
there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to be successful in
selling capacity on AC-1 or its other systems under development. There also
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to realize its business plan
or that such realization will help the Company achieve or sustain operating
profitability or sufficient cash flow to service its indebtedness. See "--
Sales of Capacity; Termination of CPAs," "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business."
 
LEVERAGE
 
  As of March 31, 1998, on a consolidated pro forma basis after giving effect
to the Offerings, the Note Offering and the application of the net proceeds
therefrom, the Company would have had $1,177.3 million of total liabilities,
including approximately $1,134.9 million of senior indebtedness, of which
$305.5 million would have been secured.
 
  The Company's significant debt burden could have important consequences to
the Company, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) the cash
received from operations may be insufficient to meet the principal and
interest payments on the Company's debt as the same become due; (ii) a
significant portion of the Company's cash flow from operations must be used to
service its debt instead of being used in the Company's business; and (iii)
the Company's flexibility to obtain additional financing in the future may be
impaired by the amount of debt outstanding and the restrictions imposed by the
covenants contained in the debt instruments of the Company. See "Description
of Certain Indebtedness."
 
  The ability of the Company to meet its financial obligations will be subject
to financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond its
control, such as prevailing economic conditions. In addition, the ability of
GCL's operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to GCL
will be restricted by the terms of various credit arrangements expected to be
entered into by such operating subsidiaries, as well as legal restrictions.
The instruments governing existing and future indebtedness contain, or may
contain, covenants that limit the operating and financial flexibility of the
Company. Failure to generate sufficient cash flow may impair the Company's
ability to obtain additional equity or debt financing or to meet its debt
service requirements. In such circumstances, the Company may be required to
renegotiate the terms of the instruments relating to its long term debt or to
refinance all or a portion thereof. There can be no assurance that the Company
would be able to
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
renegotiate successfully such terms or refinance its indebtedness when
required or that satisfactory terms of any such refinancing would be
available. If the Company were unable to refinance its indebtedness or obtain
new financing under these circumstances, it would have to consider other
options such as the sale of certain assets to meet its debt service
obligations, the sale of equity, negotiations with its lenders to restructure
applicable indebtedness or other options available to it under applicable law.
 
SUBSTANTIAL FUTURE CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
 
  Global Crossing will require substantial capital investment to pursue the
implementation of its business plan. Because the Company anticipates that each
of its systems will require separate financing in addition to the equity
investment made by the Company in such system, it intends to raise additional
non-recourse debt or equity capital at the system level to meet these
financing requirements. The Company currently estimates that its capital
resources, together with the additional capital that it intends to raise at
the system level, will be sufficient to fund its currently planned systems.
Failure to generate sufficient funds in the future, whether from operations or
by raising additional debt or equity capital, would have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business prospects. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and
Capital Resources."
 
RISKS RELATED TO COMPLETING THE COMPANY'S CABLE SYSTEMS
 
  The Company's ability to achieve its strategic objectives will depend in
large part upon the successful, timely and cost-effective completion of the
Company's planned cable systems as well as on achieving substantial capacity
sales on these systems once they become operational. The construction of the
Company's systems will be affected by a variety of factors, uncertainties and
contingencies, many of which are beyond the Company's control. There can be no
assurance that each of these systems will be completed at the cost and in the
time frame currently estimated by Global Crossing, or even at all. Although
the Company will be awarding contracts for construction of its systems to
certain suppliers who in most cases are expected to be bound by a fixed-price
construction cost schedule (and, in the case of AC-1, a guarantee in respect
of completion dates and system design specifications by AT&T (subject to force
majeure provisions)), there can be no assurance that the actual construction
costs or the time required to complete these systems will not exceed current
Company estimates. Such circumstances could have a material adverse effect on
the Company. See "Business--Suppliers."
 
  The successful completion of the Company's cable systems will depend, among
other things, upon the Company's ability to manage their construction
effectively and to obtain all permits and licenses required for construction.
Successful completion will also depend on the timely performance by third-
party contractors of their obligations. There can be no assurance that
construction will be completed as scheduled or that the required permits and
licenses will be obtained. In addition, the Company has not entered into
supply contracts to construct MAC or PAC. There are a limited number of
suppliers with whom the Company can negotiate these arrangements. There can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to enter into these contracts. Any
of the foregoing may significantly delay or prevent completion of one or more
of the Company's systems, which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company.
 
SALES OF CAPACITY; TERMINATION OF CPAS
 
  The ability of the Company to achieve its business objectives will also
depend in large part upon its sales and marketing capabilities. Through its
wholly-owned subsidiary, Global Crossing International, Ltd. ("GCI"), the
Company continues to assemble a dedicated sales force and will be dependent
upon the ability of such sales force to effectively market and sell capacity.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to create a strong
sales group or, if the Company is successful, that its salespeople will be
able to effectively sell capacity on the Company's cable systems. Failure of
the Company to effectively sell capacity on its cable systems would have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
 
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
  In addition, a purchaser's payment obligation under a CPA shall terminate
(i) with respect to purchased capacity on the United States-United Kingdom
segment, if the RFS date for such segment has not occurred by October 15, 1998
or (ii) with respect to any other purchased capacity on AC-1 (and, in some
cases, with respect to purchased capacity on the United States-United Kingdom
segment), if the RFS date for the full AC-1 system has not occurred by June
30, 1999. Performance under certain CPAs is also contingent upon the obtaining
and continuance of such approvals, consents, governmental authorizations,
licenses and permits as may be required or reasonably deemed necessary by each
party thereto for performance by such party thereunder and as may be
satisfactory to it. The obligations of purchasers under certain CPAs are
additionally contingent upon the execution of related backhaul agreements.
Termination of CPAs for any of the foregoing reasons would have a material
adverse effect on the Company. See "Business--Sales and Marketing" and "--
Summary of Principal Terms of Standard Contractual Documentation."
 
COMPETITION
 
  The international telecommunications industry is highly competitive. The
Company faces competition from existing and planned systems along each of its
planned routes and from satellite providers, including existing geosynchronous
satellites and low-earth orbit systems now under construction. On certain
routes, terrestrial cable systems may also compete with the Global Crossing
Network. The Company competes primarily on the basis of price, availability,
transmission quality and reliability, customer service and the location of its
systems. Traditionally, carriers have made substantial long term investments
in ownership of cable capacity, making lower price and superior service less
determinative in convincing such carriers to acquire additional capacity on
the Company's systems than is the case in industries without such long term
relationships. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to compete successfully against systems to which prospective customers
have made long term commitments.
 
  The routes underlying Global Crossing's systems are currently served by
several undersea cables as well as satellites. Primary future sources of
competition for the Company may result from, among others, (i) TAT-14, a
transatlantic cable system which is being developed by its consortium members,
(ii) Gemini, a transatlantic cable system being operated and marketed by
WorldCom and Cable & Wireless, (iii) China-US, a transpacific system being
developed as a "private cable system" by fourteen large carriers, including
SBC, MCI, AT&T and Sprint, most of whom have traditionally sponsored
consortium cables and (iv) a transpacific system being developed by a
consortium of major telecommunications carriers including Worldcom, AT&T, KDD,
NTT, Cable & Wireless and GTE. Other regional and global systems are being
considered by developers, including Project Oxygen, a global system being
evaluated by CTR Group, Ltd. The Company believes that the other planned
transatlantic systems would compete directly with AC-1 and the commitments of
the developers of these systems could substantially reduce these customers'
demand for capacity on AC-1. Although the Company believes that the other
planned transpacific systems will not satisfy the demand for capacity between
the United States and Japan and that there is currently enough demand
projected to accommodate all such systems, the other planned transpacific
systems will receive commitments for capacity that PC-1 could have received in
their absence. In addition, the Company may face competition from existing and
planned regional undersea cable systems and satellites on its MAC and PAC
routes, where entrants are vying for purchases from a small but rapidly
growing customer base. See "--Rapidly Changing Industry; Pricing
Uncertainties" and "Business--Competition."
 
TRANSITION FROM PROJECT MANAGEMENT TO OPERATING COMPANY
 
  The Company must undergo substantial changes in its operations to transition
from being a development stage company primarily involved in the planning and
development of a major telecommunications infrastructure system to one which
operates, markets, supports and services multiple systems. These changes are
expected to be a significant challenge to the Company's managerial,
administrative and operational resources. The Company is in the process of
expanding the management and operational capabilities necessary for this
transition. The Company's ability to manage this transition successfully will
depend on, among other things: (i) expansion,
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
training and management of its employee base, including attracting, retaining
and motivating highly skilled personnel; (ii) taking over or outsourcing the
Company's customer interface and operations, administration and maintenance
systems; (iii) procuring terrestrial capacity to provide connectivity to
inland cities; and (iv) control of the Company's expenses. There can be no
assurance that the Company will succeed in developing all or any of these
capabilities, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on
the Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and "Management."
 
RAPID GROWTH IN A CHANGING INDUSTRY; PRICING UNCERTAINTIES
 
  Part of the Company's strategy is to rapidly construct several cable systems
in a short time frame in order to take advantage of the supply and demand
imbalance that currently exists and is projected in the global marketplace.
Each of the Company's currently planned systems is expected to be operational
between 1998 and 2000. As a result of the Company's implementation of the
aggressive timing of its strategy, the Company is experiencing rapid expansion
that management expects will continue for the foreseeable future. This growth
has increased the operating complexity of the Company. At the same time, the
international telecommunications industry is changing rapidly due to, among
other things, regulatory liberalization, privatization of established
carriers, the expansion of telecommunications infrastructure, the
globalization of the world's economies and the changing technology for
wireless and satellite communication. Much of the Company's planned growth is
predicated upon the growth in demand for international telecommunications
capacity which will consume the increased supply of telecommunications
capacity from new cables and other technology so that price declines will not
be greater than the price declines anticipated by the Company in its business
plan. There can be no assurance that such anticipated demand growth will
occur.
 
  The undersea fiber optic cable transmission industry has experienced
significant per circuit price declines resulting from technological advances
in fiber optic technology. Recent technological advances have created even
greater per circuit pricing pressure in the industry. A lower than projected
increase in demand or a higher than projected decline in per circuit price
could have a material adverse effect on the Company. There can be no
assurance, even if the Company's projections with respect to such factors are
realized, that the Company will be able to implement its strategy or that its
strategy will be successful in the rapidly evolving telecommunications market.
 
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
 
  Recent technological advances, such as the use of DWDM, have greatly
expanded the availability of capacity of new fiber optic cable at constant
construction costs, resulting in a corresponding decrease in the cost per
circuit of capacity. In addition, the introduction of new products or the
emergence of new technologies may enable competitors to install competing
systems at a lower per-circuit cost on routes currently targeted by the
Company or to expand capacity on existing competitive systems, potentially
rendering the Company's systems not cost competitive. While the Company
believes that being the first to market and construct cable systems with
significant capacity on certain routes may prevent competitors from
overbuilding in those situations, Global Crossing cannot predict the behavior
of potential competitors who might otherwise build a system even if it would
be uneconomical for an additional system to be constructed. The Company
believes that for the foreseeable future, technology changes will neither
materially affect the continued use of fiber optic cable nor materially hinder
the Company's ability to deploy the state-of-the-art technology; however, the
effect of such technological changes on the Company's operations cannot be
predicted and could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
OPERATIONS RISKS
 
  Each of Global Crossing's systems will be subject to the risks inherent in a
large-scale, complex undersea fiber optic telecommunications system employing
advanced technology. The operations, administration, maintenance and repair of
these systems requires the coordination and integration of sophisticated and
highly
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
specialized hardware and software technologies and equipment located
throughout the world. There can be no assurance that, even if built to
specifications, the Company's systems will function as expected in a cost-
effective manner. The failure of the hardware or software to function as
required could render a cable system unable to perform at design
specifications.
 
  AC-1 has, and each of the Company's other systems are expected to have, a
design life of not less than 25 years; however, there can be no assurance of
the actual useful life of any of these systems. A number of factors will
affect the useful life of each of the Company's systems, including, among
other things, quality of construction, unexpected deterioration and
technological or economic obsolescence. Failure of any of the Company's
systems to operate for its full design life could have a material adverse
effect on the Company.
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
  The Company's future success depends on the efforts of certain of its
officers and key technical, sales and other employees, some of whom have only
recently joined the Company, as well as its ability to attract, retain and
motivate highly skilled officers and employees. There can be no assurance that
the Company will successfully integrate new management personnel and employees
into its existing operations, or that the Company will be able to attract,
retain and motivate highly skilled management personnel and employees.
Furthermore, the Company does not presently maintain any key person life
insurance policies on any of its management personnel. See "Management--
Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control
Arrangements."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
 
  The Company will derive substantial revenues from international operations.
The Company intends to have substantial physical assets in several
jurisdictions along the routes of its planned systems. International
operations are subject to political, economic and other uncertainties,
including, among other things, risk of war, revolution, border disputes,
expropriation, renegotiation or modification of existing contracts, labor
disputes and other uncertainties arising out of foreign government sovereignty
over the Company's international operations. There can be no assurance that
these factors will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
FOREIGN EXCHANGE; EXCHANGE CONTROLS
 
  The Company will invoice all sales of capacity in U.S. dollars, and each
customer will incur maintenance and other obligations denominated in U.S.
dollars; however, many actual and prospective customers of the Company derive
their revenues in currencies other than U.S. dollars. The obligations of
customers whose revenues are preponderantly in foreign currencies will be
subject to unpredictable and indeterminate increases in the event that such
currencies devalue relative to U.S. dollars. Furthermore, such customers may
be or may become subject to exchange control regulations which might restrict
or prohibit the conversion of their revenue currencies into dollars. There can
be no assurance that the occurrence of any such factors will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
 
EFFECT OF GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
  The Company, in the ordinary course of development, construction and
operation of its fiber optic cable systems, will be required to obtain and
maintain various permits, licenses and other authorizations in both the United
States and in foreign jurisdictions where its cables land. In particular,
undersea cable landing or similar licenses will be required in many of the
jurisdictions where Global Crossing's systems will land. Such licenses are
typically issued for a term of years, subject to renewal. Moreover, the
licenses may subject the Company's business and operations to varying forms of
regulation, which could change over the course of time. Failure to obtain
renewal of such a license, or a material change in the nature of the
regulation to which the Company's operations are subject, could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business. In addition, the Company's
international operations may be affected from time to time by political
developments and national
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
and local laws and regulations and may be subject to risks such as the
imposition of governmental controls, license requirements and changes in
tariffs. Specifically, in connection with the construction of each cable
system, the Company must obtain certain permits and licenses with respect to
construction, operations and maintenance. Although Global Crossing intends
that the construction contracts for each of the Company's cable systems will
impose the burden of acquiring and maintaining construction licenses and
permits on the contractor for each of such systems, there can be no assurance
that such contractor will successfully obtain such permits and licenses.
Failure to obtain or maintain any permits or licenses so required could have a
material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business--Regulation."
 
DEPENDENCE ON THIRD PARTIES
 
  The Company is and will continue to be dependent upon third parties to (i)
provide access to certain origination and termination points of its systems in
various jurisdictions, (ii) construct and operate landing stations in certain
of such jurisdictions, (iii) construct and maintain the Company's systems
pursuant to contractual arrangements with the Company, (iv) provide backhaul
service to the Company's customers through contractual arrangements with such
parties and (v) act as joint venture participants with respect to PC-1 and,
potentially, certain of the Company's future systems. There can be no
assurance that such parties will perform their contractual obligations or that
there will not be political or economic events in relation to such parties
which may have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
RISK OF ERROR IN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
  The Company is a development stage company. Accordingly, all statements in
this Prospectus that are not clearly historical in nature are forward-looking.
Examples of such forward-looking statements include the statements concerning
the Company's operations, prospects, size of world telecommunications traffic,
size of addressable market, technological and customer support capabilities,
pricing, potential customers and liquidity and working capital needs,
estimated demand forecasts, and information concerning characteristics of
competing systems. These forward-looking statements are inherently predictive
and speculative and no assurance can be given that any of such statements will
prove to be correct. Actual results and developments may be materially
different from those expressed or implied by such statements. Prospective
investors should carefully review the other risk factors set forth in this
section of this Prospectus for a discussion of certain factors which could
result in any of such forward-looking statements proving to be inaccurate.
 
RELATIONSHIP WITH PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
  As of May 18, 1998, Pacific Capital Group, Inc. ("PCG") has a 22.41% equity
interest in GCL. PCG and its affiliates have entered into certain transactions
with the Company in connection with the development by PCG and its affiliates
of several of Global Crossing's systems, including AC-1, PC-1, PAC and MAC,
and the decision by the Board of Directors of GCL to assume the ongoing
development of systems (other than AC-1) from an affiliate of PCG. PCG and its
subsidiaries are controlled by Mr. Gary Winnick, the Co-Chairman of the Board
of Directors of GCL, and several other officers and directors of GCL are
affiliated with PCG. In addition, CIBC Wood Gundy Capital (SFC) Inc., an
affiliate of CIBC, Inc. ("CIBC") has a 35.72% equity interest in GCL. An
affiliate of CIBC is an Underwriter in the Offerings, and CIBC and its
affiliates have also entered into certain financing transactions with the
Company in connection with the development and construction of the Company's
systems. Several members of the Board of Directors of GCL are affiliated with
CIBC. See "Management," "Principal Stockholders" and "Certain Transactions."
 
  PCG and CIBC collectively own 58.13% of GCL's Common Stock. Therefore,
following the Offerings, such entities will have the power to elect a majority
of the Board of Directors of GCL and approve matters submitted to a vote of
GCL's stockholders, and may be deemed to have control over the management and
policies of GCL.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
TAX MATTERS
 
  The Company believes that a significant portion of its income will not be
subject to tax by any of (i) Bermuda, which currently does not have a
corporate income tax, or (ii) certain other countries in which the Company or
its affiliates conduct activities or in which customers of the Company are
located, including the United States. However, this belief is based upon the
anticipated nature and conduct of the business of the Company or its
affiliates, which may change, and upon the Company's understanding of its
position under the tax laws of the various countries in which the Company has
assets or conducts activities, which position is subject to review and
possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law (which
may have retroactive effect). The extent to which certain jurisdictions may
require the Company to pay tax or to make payments in lieu of tax cannot be
determined in advance. In addition, the operations and payments due to the
Company may be affected by changes in taxation, including retroactive tax
claims or assessment of withholding on amounts payable to the Company or other
taxes assessed at the source, in excess of the taxation anticipated by the
Company based on business contacts and practices of the Company and the
current tax regimes. There can be no assurance that any of the foregoing
factors would not have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Tax
Considerations."
 
FOREIGN PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANY, PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANY AND
PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANY RULES
 
  It is possible that the Issuer or one of its non-United States subsidiaries
will be classified as a foreign personal holding company (a "FPHC") under the
United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). If the
Issuer or one of its non-United States subsidiaries were classified as an
FPHC, all United States Holders (as defined below under "Tax Considerations")
of Common Stock would be required to include in income, as a dividend, their
pro rata share of the Issuer's (or its relevant non-United States
subsidiary's) undistributed FPHC income (generally, taxable income with
certain adjustments). While the Company intends to manage its affairs so as to
attempt to avoid or minimize having income imputed to United States Holders
under these rules, to the extent such management of its affairs is consistent
with its business goals, there can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in this endeavor.
 
  The Issuer believes that it is not a passive foreign investment company (a
"PFIC") and does not expect to become a PFIC in the future, although there can
be no assurance in this regard. In addition, this belief is based, in part, on
interpretations of existing law that the Issuer believes are reasonable, but
which have not been approved by any taxing authority. If the Issuer were a
PFIC, then each United States Holder of Common Stock would, upon certain
distributions by the Issuer, or upon disposition of the Common Stock at a
gain, be liable to pay tax at the then prevailing rates on ordinary income
plus an interest charge, generally as if the distribution or gain had been
recognized ratably over the United States Holder's holding period (for PFIC
purposes) for the Common Stock, or if a "qualified electing fund" election
were made by a United States Holder of Common Stock, a pro rata share of the
Issuer's ordinary earnings and net capital gain would be required to be
included in such United States Holder's income each year. A United States
Holder may also be able to make a mark to market election. If the mark to
market election is available to a United States Holder, annual increases and
decreases in share value would be included as ordinary income or deducted from
ordinary income by marking-to-market the value of the shares at the close of
each year. See "Tax Considerations."
 
  Furthermore, additional tax considerations would apply if the Issuer or any
of its affiliates were a personal holding company (a "PHC"). See "Tax
Considerations."
 
DIVIDEND POLICY; RESTRICTION ON PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS
 
  The Company does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. See "Dividend Policy." The Company's ability to pay dividends is
limited by certain of its debt instruments. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and
Capital Resources" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness."
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
DILUTION
 
  The public offering price is substantially higher than the tangible book
value of the outstanding Common Stock. Purchasers of Shares in the Offerings
will therefore experience immediate and substantial dilution in tangible book
value per share, and existing shareholders of GCL will receive a material
increase in the tangible book value per share of their shares of Common Stock.
The dilution to new investors will be $      per Share (based on the Price to
Public of $      per Share and assuming no exercise of the over-allotment
options granted to the Underwriters). See "Dilution."
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
  Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. There can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop or
be sustained. The offering price has been determined by negotiations between
the Company and the Underwriters and there can be no assurance that the prices
at which the Common Stock will sell in the public market after the Offerings
will not be lower than the price at which the Common Stock is sold in the
Offerings. See "Underwriting." Historically, the market prices for securities
of emerging companies in the telecommunications industry have been highly
volatile. The trading price of the Common Stock after the Offerings could be
subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors, including, but
not limited to, quarterly variations in operating results, competition,
announcements of technological innovations or new products by the Company or
its competitors, product enhancements by the Company or its competitors,
regulatory changes, any differences in actual results and results expected by
investors and analysts, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts
and other events or factors. In addition, the stock market has experienced
volatility that has affected the market prices of equity securities of many
companies and that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of
such companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
  Upon completion of the Offerings (assuming no exercise of the over-allotment
options granted to the Underwriters), GCL will have             shares of
Common Stock outstanding, including            Shares of Common Stock offered
hereby and            "restricted" shares of Common Stock. The Shares of
Common Stock offered hereby will be freely tradeable without restriction or
further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), by persons other than "affiliates" of the Company within
the meaning of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. Holders of
restricted shares generally will be entitled to sell these shares in the
public securities market without registration under the Securities Act to the
extent permitted by Rule 144 (or Rule 145, as applicable) promulgated under
the Securities Act or any exemption under the Securities Act. The restricted
shares generally will be eligible for sale under Rule 144, as currently in
effect, beginning in             .
 
  The Company intends to file a registration statement under the Securities
Act after the Offerings to register shares of Common Stock reserved for
issuance under the Stock Incentive Plan, thus permitting the resale of such
shares by non-affiliates upon issuance in the public market without
restriction under the Securities Act. Such registration statement will
automatically become effective immediately upon filing. See "Management--Stock
Incentive Plan."
 
  Subject to certain exceptions, the Company and certain shareholders,
directors and officers of the Company have agreed not to offer, sell, contract
to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or announce the
offering of any shares of Common Stock, including any such shares beneficially
or indirectly owned or controlled by the Company, or any securities
convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of Common Stock,
for     days from the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written
consent of Smith Barney Inc.
 
  Sales of a substantial amount of Common Stock in the public market, or the
perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price
of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time in the public market and
could impair the Company's ability to raise additional capital through the
sale of its equity securities. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  The net proceeds from the Offerings are estimated to be approximately
$       (after deducting the Underwriters' discount and estimated Offerings
fees and expenses payable by the Company). The Company intends to use all of
the net proceeds of the Offerings to make investments in certain of the
Company's cable systems under development and for general corporate purposes.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources." Pending the application of
the net proceeds of the Offerings as described above, the Company will invest
such proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing U.S. Government securities and
certain other short term, investment grade securities.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
  GCL does not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future. The
terms of certain debt instruments of the Company also place limitations on
GCL's ability to pay dividends. Future dividends, if any, will be at the
discretion of the Board of Directors of GCL and will depend upon, among other
things, the Company's operations, capital requirements and surplus, general
financial condition, contractual restrictions and such other factors as the
Board of Directors of GCL may deem relevant. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Description of
Certain Indebtedness."
 
                                   DILUTION
 
  At           , 1998, the historical net tangible book value of the Company
was $      million or $      per share of Common Stock. "Historical net
tangible book value per share" represents the Company's net worth less
intangible assets of $     million divided by            shares of Common
Stock outstanding on          , 1998. After giving effect to the sale by the
Company of            Shares pursuant to the Offerings and after deducting the
underwriting discount and expenses of the Offerings, the pro forma net
tangible book value of the Company at         , 1998, would have been $
million, or $     per share of Common Stock. Such amount represents an
immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $     per share of
Common Stock to the existing stockholder and an immediate dilution to new
investors of $      per share of Common Stock. The following table illustrates
the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                  <C>
   Public offering price per Share..................................... $
   Historical net tangible book value per share at         , 1998...... $
   Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to net
    proceeds
    of the Offerings................................................... $
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offerings..... $
                                                                        -------
   Dilution to new investors........................................... $
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>
 
  The foregoing table assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment
options to purchase an additional           Shares.
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
 
  The following table sets forth as of March 31, 1998 (i) the historical
consolidated capitalization of the Company and (ii) the capitalization as
adjusted to reflect the Offerings, the Note Offering and the application of
the net proceeds therefrom. This table should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       AS OF MARCH 31, 1998
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                       ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                    ------------  --------------
                                                    (UNAUDITED)
   <S>                                              <C>           <C>
   Long Term Debt:
     AC-1 Credit Facility(2)......................  $305,508,000  $  305,508,000
     GTH Senior Notes.............................   150,000,000               0
     Obligations under Inland Services
      Agreements(3)...............................    16,745,000      16,745,000
     GCH Senior Notes.............................             0     800,000,000
                                                    ------------  --------------
       Total Long Term Debt.......................   472,253,000   1,122,253,000
                                                    ------------  --------------
   GTH Preference Shares..........................    95,007,302               0
                                                    ------------  --------------
   Shareholders' Equity:
     Common Stock.................................           110
     Additional Paid-in Capital...................    87,395,845
     Accumulated Deficit During Development Stage.   (27,389,205)
                                                    ------------  --------------
       Total Shareholders' Equity.................    60,006,750
                                                    ------------  --------------
       Total Capitalization.......................  $627,267,052  $
                                                    ============  ==============
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) As adjusted to reflect the Offerings, the Note Offering and the
    application of the net proceeds therefrom. Losses resulting from the
    repurchase of the GTH Senior Notes are reflected in "Accumulated Deficit
    During Development Stage" and losses resulting from the redemption of the
    GTH Preference Shares are reflected in "Additional Paid-in Capital."
    Assuming the repurchase of the GTH Senior Notes occurred as of March 31,
    1998, a one time extraordinary loss of approximately $20.0 million would
    have been incurred. This loss would have been comprised of: (i) a $9.8
    million charge for the tender premium on the GTH Senior Notes and (ii) a
    write-off of $10.2 million of deferred fees and issue costs associated
    with the GTH Senior Notes. In addition, assuming the redemption of the GTH
    Preference Shares, as of March 31, 1998, a one time charge would have been
    made against Additional Paid-in Capital of approximately $34.8 million.
    This charge would have been comprised of: (i) a $16.1 million charge for
    the call premium on the GTH Preference Shares and (ii) a write-off of
    $18.7 million of unamortized discount and issue costs associated with the
    GTH Preference Shares.
 
(2) The AC-1 Credit Facility provides non-recourse financing at the ACL level
    for the construction and development of AC-1. A total of $482.0 million is
    available to be borrowed under this facility, of which $305.5 million was
    outstanding as of March 31, 1998. See "Description of Certain
    Indebtedness--AC-1 Credit Facility."
 
(3) Net of the $12.7 million current portion of such obligations.
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
  The selected data presented below under the captions "Statement of
Operations Data" and "Balance Sheet Data" as of December 31, 1997 and for the
period from March 19, 1997 (date of inception) through December 31, 1997 are
derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included
herein, which financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP
and have been audited by Arthur Andersen & Co., independent public
accountants, as indicated in their report thereon included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The financial data as of and for the three months ended March 31,
1998 are derived from the Company's unaudited interim financial statements.
The unaudited interim financial statements include all adjustments, consisting
of normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for fair
presentation of the financial position as of March 31, 1998 and results of
operations for this interim period presented. Results of operations for the
interim period is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for
a full year. The operating data presented below are derived from the Company's
records. The Company is in its development stage; accordingly, financial data
presented herein and elsewhere in this Prospectus is not necessarily
indicative of the financial position or results of operations of the Company
in the future. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction
with the discussion under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and the Consolidated
Financial Statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             FOR THE        FOR THE PERIOD      FOR THE PERIOD
                           THREE MONTHS     MARCH 19, 1997      MARCH 19, 1997
                              ENDED      (DATE OF INCEPTION)  (DATE OF INCEPTION)
                          MARCH 31, 1998 TO DECEMBER 31, 1997  TO MARCH 31, 1998
                          -------------- -------------------- -------------------
<S>                       <C>            <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Interest Income.........   $    345,834      $  2,941,352        $  3,287,186
                           ------------      ------------        ------------
Expenses:
  Sales and Marketing...        784,216         1,366,724           2,150,940
  General and
   Administrative.......      2,614,903         1,695,770           4,310,673
  Depreciation and
   Amortization.........         30,367            39,214              69,581
  Project Evaluation
   Costs................      7,047,044               --            7,047,044
                           ------------      ------------        ------------
Total Expenses..........     10,476,530         3,101,708          13,578,238
                           ------------      ------------        ------------
Net Loss................    (10,130,696)         (160,356)        (10,291,052)
Preference Share Non-
 Cash Dividends (1).....     (4,408,230)      (12,689,923)        (17,098,153)
                           ------------      ------------        ------------
Net Loss Applicable to
 Common Shareholders....   $(14,538,926)     $(12,850,279)       $(27,389,205)
                           ============      ============        ============
Basic net loss per
 common share (2).......   $      (0.13)     $      (0.12)       $      (0.25)
                           ============      ============        ============
Diluted net loss per
 common share (2).......   $      (0.11)     $      (0.10)       $      (0.21)
                           ============      ============        ============
Shares used in computing
 basic net loss per
 common share...........    110,615,211       110,294,100         110,370,758
                           ============      ============        ============
Shares used in computing
 diluted net loss per
 common share...........    130,975,251       130,638,084         130,718,575
                           ============      ============        ============
<CAPTION>
                                                AS OF                AS OF
                                            MARCH 31, 1998     DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                         -------------------- -------------------
<S>                       <C>            <C>                  <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Current Assets Including Cash and
 Restricted Cash (3)...................      $ 54,683,167        $ 27,743,838
Construction in Progress (4)...........       621,904,402         523,620,864
Deferred Finance and Organization
 Costs, Net of Accumulated
 Amortization..........................        24,974,952          25,934,021
                                             ------------        ------------
Total Assets...........................      $701,562,521        $577,298,723
                                             ============        ============
Current Liabilities....................      $ 74,295,469        $ 80,000,128
Long Term Debt.........................       305,508,000         162,325,000
GTH Senior Notes.......................       150,000,000         150,000,000
Obligations Under Inland Services
 Agreements (5)........................        16,745,000          20,209,000
GTH Preference Shares (6)..............        95,007,302          90,643,919
Shareholders' Equity:
  Common Stock.........................               110                 110
  Additional Paid-in Capital...........        87,395,845          86,970,845
  Deficit Accumulated During the
   Development Stage...................       (27,389,205)        (12,850,279)
                                             ------------        ------------
Total Shareholders' Equity.............        60,006,750          74,120,676
                                             ------------        ------------
Total Liabilities and Shareholders'
 Equity................................      $701,562,521        $577,298,723
                                             ============        ============
</TABLE>
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      AS OF
                                                                  APRIL 21, 1998
                                                                  --------------
<S>                                                               <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Executed CPAs....................................................  $400 million
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  ESTIMATED(7)
                                                                 --------------
<S>                                                              <C>
Route Kilometers................................................         51,300
Fiber Kilometers................................................        345,200
Estimated System Costs
 AC-1 .......................................................... $  750 million
 Other Projects Under Development............................... $1,895 million
Landing Stations................................................             14
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The holders of GTH Preference Shares are entitled to receive cumulative,
    compounding dividends at an initial annual rate of 14%. Preference share
    dividends include cumulative 14% dividends and amortization of the
    discount and issuance costs. All dividends to date have been paid through
    the issuance of additional preference shares. The Company has deposited a
    portion of the net proceeds of the Note Offering in trust to redeem all of
    the outstanding GTH Preference Shares effective as of June 17, 1998.
 
(2) Basic net loss per share is computed based on the weighted average number
    of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Diluted net loss per share is
    computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock
    outstanding and common stock equivalents including shares issuable under
    options and warrants that were issued within one year preceding the
    planned Offerings.
 
(3) The majority of restricted cash and cash equivalents are funds which have
    been reserved for the purpose of funding future interest payable on the
    GTH Senior Notes. The Company has applied a portion of the net proceeds of
    the Note Offering to repurchase all outstanding GTH Senior Notes.
 
(4) Construction in Progress includes direct and indirect expenditures for
    construction of AC-1 and is stated at cost. Capitalized costs include
    costs incurred under (i) the AC-1 Contract; (ii) advisory, consulting and
    legal fees; (iii) interest (including amortization of debt issuance costs
    incurred during the construction phase); and (iv) other costs necessary
    for developing AC-1. Costs incurred to acquire backhaul capacity are also
    included.
 
(5) Certain contracts to acquire backhaul capacity require payments over a 25-
    year period. The amount shown reflects the present value of such payments,
    net of the $12.7 million ($18.1 million as of December 31, 1997) current
    portion of such payments, which is included under "Current Liabilities."
 
(6) Reflects (i) $100 million of GTH Preference Shares originally issued, plus
    (ii) $13.7 million ($9.8 million as of December 31, 1997) of GTH
    Preference Shares issued as dividends thereon, less (iii) $18.7 million
    ($19.2 million as of December 31, 1997), reflecting the unamortized
    discount and issue costs associated therewith. The Company has deposited a
    portion of the net proceeds of the Note Offering in trust to redeem all of
    the outstanding GTH Preference Shares effective as of June 17, 1998.
 
(7) Assumes full completion of AC-1, PC-1, MAC and PAC based upon current
    Company estimates, including anticipated financing costs. See "Risk
    Factors--Risks Relating to Completing the Company's Cable Systems" and
    "Risk of Error in Forward-Looking Statements."
 
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that include, among
others, statements concerning the Company's plans to effect the design,
construction, and operations of, and sales of capacity on, its planned
telecommunications systems, expectations as to funding its future capital
requirements and other statements of expectations, beliefs, future plans and
strategies, anticipated developments and other matters that are not historical
facts. Management cautions the reader that these forward-looking statements
are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events or
results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the
statements. The most important factors that could prevent the Company from
achieving its goals include, but are not limited to, failure by the Company
to: (i) complete its systems within currently estimated time frames and
budgets, (ii) sell capacity on its systems, (iii) make a successful transition
from a system development and construction company to an operating company and
(iv) effectively compete in the context of a rapidly evolving market
characterized by intense price competition and unpredictable levels of demand
for telecommunication capacity. The Company does not intend to publish updates
or revisions of any forward-looking statements included in this Prospectus to
reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect subsequent
market analysis. See "Risk Factors--Risk of Error in Forward-Looking
Statements."
 
  The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the
Company's audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto
contained in this Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
  The Company was formed as the world's first independent developer, owner and
operator of undersea digital fiber optic cable systems to capitalize on the
accelerating growth of international telecommunications traffic. The Company
commenced operations in March 1997, when it entered into a fixed price
contract with Tyco Submarine Systems Ltd. ("TSSL", formerly AT&T Submarine
Systems, Inc.) for the design, development, construction and installation of
AC-1 and obtained commitments for AC-1's initial financing. AC-1, the first of
Global Crossing's planned fiber optic cable systems, is designed to be a four
fiber pair system connecting (i) the United States to the United Kingdom, (ii)
the United Kingdom to The Netherlands and Germany, (iii) The Netherlands to
Germany and (iv) Germany to the United States. The Company currently
anticipates that the first segment of AC-1, the United States to United
Kingdom route, will commence operations by May 31, 1998 and that the full AC-1
system will commence operations by February 1999. See "Risk Factors--Risks
Related to Completing the Company's Cable Systems."
 
  The Company remains in the development stage and, since its inception, has
been primarily involved in the planning, financing, marketing, organization,
development, design and construction of the AC-1 system. In addition, the
Company has been engaged in the planning, developing and financing of the
three other planned systems currently under development by the Company (PC-1,
MAC, PAC). The Company has also achieved a number of significant milestones,
including (i) the recruitment of experienced professionals in undersea cable
and telecommunications operations, (ii) the signing of construction contracts
on AC-1 and on PC-1, (iii) the execution of the AC-1 Credit Facility and (iv)
the construction of a significant portion of the first segment of AC-1.
 
  Sales of capacity by the Company on its cable systems are effected through
Capacity Purchase Agreements pursuant to which the Company's customers obtain
an indefeasible right of use ("IRU") for a certain number of circuits. Each
IRU entitles the customer to the use of the related capacity for a period
ending 25 years after the RFS date for the related system. Global Crossing
also sells capacity on terrestrial cables through Inland Capacity Purchase
Agreements ("ICPAs"), linking certain of the Company's landing stations with
major cities in order to provide city-to-city connectivity to its customers.
This backhaul capacity, which is purchased by the Company through Inland
Services Agreements ("ISAs") from the owners of terrestrial cable systems, is
resold by the Company to its customers through ICPAs.
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
REVENUES
 
  Prior to the RFS date for the United States to United Kingdom segment of AC-
1, the Company's revenue has consisted of interest earned primarily on
restricted cash, cash raised from financing, cash on CPA deposits and cash on
ICPA deposits. As of April 21, 1998, the Company had entered into CPAs
(including ICPAs) with customers for capacity on AC-1 providing for payments
to the Company of an aggregate of at least $400 million and had received
deposits from customers of $15.1 million. Cash deposits have been recorded as
unearned revenue prior to activating the capacity sold pursuant to the related
CPA. Most deposits are refundable if the RFS date for the United States to
United Kingdom segment of AC-1 is not achieved prior to October 15, 1998, or
if the AC-1 system RFS date does not occur prior to June 30, 1999. See
"Business--Summary of Principal Terms of Standard Contractual Documentation."
 
  After the RFS date for the United States to United Kingdom segment of AC-1,
currently expected to be May 31, 1998, the Company's revenues will principally
comprise revenues from sales of cable capacity on AC-1 and the sale of
backhaul capacity. After such RFS date, revenues from the sale of capacity on
the Company's systems and from the sale of backhaul capacity will be
recognized in the period during which such capacity is activated.
 
COST OF SALES; CAPACITY AVAILABLE FOR SALE
 
  Cable construction costs incurred with respect to each segment of AC-1,
reflected as "Construction in Progress" in the Company's consolidated December
31, 1997 balance sheet, will be reflected as capacity
available for sale at the date such segment becomes operational. Capacity
available for sale will be recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less
cost to sell and will be charged to cost of sales in the period the related
revenues are recognized.
 
  Capacity available for sale will be charged to cost of sales as revenues
from sales of capacity are recognized. The amount charged to cost of sales in
any period related to AC-1 capacity will be calculated based on the ratio of
AC-1 capacity revenues recognized in the period to total expected AC-1
capacity revenues over the life of the system, multiplied by the total cost
incurred to construct AC-1. The Company plans to use the same accounting
policy for its other planned cable systems. The cost to acquire backhaul
capacity will be charged to cost of sales in the period during which such
capacity is activated. Changes in management's estimate of the expected
revenues to be derived from sales of a cable system's capacity will result in
adjustments to the calculations of cost of sales. These adjustments will be
recorded on a prospective basis over future periods commencing with the period
when management revises its estimate.
 
OPERATING EXPENSES
 
  In addition to cost of sales, the Company's operating expenses will
principally comprise sales and marketing, operating and maintenance and
general and administrative costs. Costs relating to the Company's evaluation
of possible additional systems will be expensed as incurred.
 
  The Company has entered into an agreement with TSSL relating to operations,
administration and maintenance of AC-1 and related backhaul capacity ("the AC-
1 OA&M Agreement"). Following the AC-1 full system RFS date, the Company
anticipates that its costs under the AC-1 OA&M Agreement will be largely
recovered through charges to its customers under the terms of CPAs.
 
CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS
 
  Construction in progress includes direct and indirect expenditures for
construction of AC-1 and is stated at cost. These expenditures include costs
incurred under the AC-1 Contract; advisory, consulting and legal fees;
interest and amortized debt issuance costs incurred during the construction
phase; and other costs necessary for construction of AC-1. Additionally, the
Company has capitalized the cost of acquiring backhaul capacity. The Company
has recorded in "Construction in Progress" amounts for backhaul capacity equal
to the present value of future payments associated with the acquisition of
such backhaul capacity.
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 19, 1997 TO DECEMBER 31, 1997
 
  Interest Income. Pursuant to the purchase agreement relating to the sale of
its outstanding $150 million GTH Senior Notes, the Company is required to
maintain certain amounts in restricted cash and cash equivalents accounts to
fund future semi-annual interest payments on such notes. Interest income
earned on this balance, together with interest income earned on cash raised
from financing and cash on CPA deposits, totalled approximately $2.9 million
for the period from March 19, 1997 to December 31, 1997. The Company utilized
a portion of the net proceeds from the Note Offering to repurchase the GTH
Senior Notes. See "--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
  Expenses. During the period ended December 31, 1997, the Company incurred
expenses of $3.1 million. Of this amount, approximately $1.4 million was
attributable to sales and marketing expenses, relating principally to AC-1,
and approximately $1.7 million was attributable to general and administrative
expenses.
 
  GTH Preference Share Dividends. The GTH Preference Shares accrue compounding
dividends at an initial annual rate of 14%, which increases by 0.5% per annum
if the GTH Preference Shares are not redeemed on or prior to April 1, 2001.
During the period ended December 31, 1997, the Company recorded preference
share dividends of approximately $12.7 million. This amount is comprised of
$11.1 million in paid-in-kind ("PIK") dividends, $1.0 million in amortization
of the discount on issuance and $0.6 million in amortization of issuance
costs. The $11.1 million in PIK dividends includes $1.3 million accrued but
unpaid as of December 31, 1997.
 
  In connection with the issuance of the GTH Preference Shares, the initial
holders thereof received shares of Class A common stock of Global Crossing
Ltd., LDC ("Old GCL") for no additional consideration. The Company has
recorded the $13,235,000 estimated fair value of such shares as a discount in
the carrying value of the GTH Preference Shares, which discount is being
amortized over the term of such shares.
 
  The Company intends to use a portion of the net proceeds from the Note
Offering to redeem the GTH Preference Shares effective June 17, 1998. See "--
Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
  Net Loss and Net Loss Applicable to Common Shareholders. During the period
ended December 31, 1997, the Company had a net loss applicable to common
shareholders of $12.9 million, resulting primarily from the $12.7 million of
dividends on the GTH Preference Shares described above.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998
 
  For the three months ended March 31, 1998, the Company had revenues of
approximately $0.3 million, consisting entirely of interest income, and net
loss applicable to common shareholders of approximately $14.5 million.
 
  During this period, the Company incurred approximately $0.8 million of sales
and marketing expenses; $2.6 million of general and administrative expenses;
$7.0 million of project evaluation costs relating to new cable systems; and
approximately $4.4 million of PIK dividends, including amortization of both
the discount on issuance and issuance costs. The increase in sales and
marketing and general and administration expenses reflects the continuing
growth in number of employees during the development stage. The number of the
Company's employees has increased from 9 as of December 31, 1997 to 38 as of
March 31, 1998. The Company also issued options on 1,821,000 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share in January 1998. No compensation
expense was recorded related to these options since the estimated fair value
of the options on the date of grant did not exceed the exercise price.
 
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  The Company's principal capital expenditure requirements involve the
construction of undersea cable systems, the related landing stations, and
certain investments in backhaul capacity to connect the landing stations to
major metropolitan areas. As of March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997,
respectively, the Company had
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
incurred approximately $622 million and $524 million, respectively, of capital
expenditures in respect of AC-1, principally for system construction costs and
purchases of backhaul capacity and was committed to a further $195 million and
$134 million, respectively, of capital expenditures under the AC-1 Contract in
connection with the completion of AC-1. Amounts attributable to purchases of
backhaul capacity represent the present value of future payments required to
be made by the Company for such capacity.
 
  The total cost of AC-1 is estimated at approximately $750 million, including
financing costs capitalized during the period AC-1 is under construction. All
future costs with respect to AC-1 will be fully financed with the remaining
availability under the AC-1 Credit Facility. AC-1 was initially financed
through (i) the $482 million AC-1 Credit Facility; (ii) $150 million of GTH
Senior Notes; (iii) $100 million of GTH Preference Shares; and (iv) $75
million of GCL common equity. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness." As of
December 31, 1997 and March 31, 1998, respectively, the Company had borrowed
$162 million and $306 million, respectively, under the AC-1 Credit Facility.
The Company's principal source of liquidity relates to the AC-1 Credit
Facility.
 
  On May 18, 1998, GCH consummated an $800 million private offering of 9 5/8
Senior Notes Due 2008 (the "Note Offering"). The Company has utilized (or will
utilize) the net proceeds of the Note Offering (i) to purchase all of the $150
million outstanding GTH Senior Notes, (ii) to redeem all of the $100 million
outstanding GTH Preference Shares, (iii) to repay in full the $67.2 million
outstanding under the $200 million senior bridge loan facility of GCH (the
"Global Crossing Bridge Facility"), (iv) to make $315 million of equity
investments in certain of the Company's systems and (v) for general corporate
purposes, including $74 million to fund a one-year interest reserve on the GCH
Senior Notes.
 
  Cash provided by operating activities was approximately $1.3 million for the
quarter ended March 31, 1998 and $5.4 million for the period from March 19,
1997 (date of inception) to December 31, 1997 and principally represents cash
received on deposits on signed CPAs plus interest income received, less sales
and marketing and general and administrative expenses paid.
 
  Cash provided by financing activities of $129.5 million for the quarter
ended March 31, 1998 primarily represents borrowings under the AC-1 Credit
Facility and the Global Crossing Bridge Facility net of the increase in
proceeds on borrowings held in restricted cash and cash equivalents. Cash
provided by financing activities of $425.1 million for the period from March
19, 1997 (date of inception) to December 31, 1997 principally relates to net
proceeds from the issuance of common stock, preference shares and senior
notes, and borrowings under the AC-1 Credit Facility less finance and
organization costs paid, less an increase in proceeds on borrowings held in
restricted cash and cash equivalents.
 
  Cash used in investing activities of $129.4 million and $429.0 million for
the quarter ended March 31, 1998 and the period from March 19, 1997 (date of
inception) to December 31, 1997, respectively, represents cash paid for
construction in progress.
 
  The Company is currently in the development phase on three additional
systems, PC-1, MAC and PAC. The Company currently estimates that the costs of
constructing these systems will total approximately $1,895 million, including
financing costs. The Company expects to use approximately $315 million of the
net proceeds from the Note Offering to fund initial investments in PC-1, MAC
and PAC. In order to finance certain initial costs relating to the development
of these systems, the Company has obtained additional financing. During the
first quarter of 1998, the Company, acting through GCL, entered into the $200
million Global Crossing Bridge Facility with a syndicate of banks led by CIBC.
At March 31, 1998, approximately $12.1 million of borrowings were outstanding
under the Global Crossing Bridge Facility. The Company utilized a portion of
the net proceeds from the Note Offering to repay such borrowings and terminate
the remaining commitments under the Global Crossing Bridge Facility. The
Company expects that the additional capital required to finance these cable
systems will be raised through a combination of commercial bank borrowings,
non-recourse project financings, and public and private offerings of debt and
equity securities. Effective May 11, 1998, the Company entered into a
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
commitment letter with three banks for the $850 million non-recourse project
debt financing of PC-1. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in raising additional capital at all or on terms acceptable to the
Company. See "Risk Factors--Substantial Future Capital Requirements" and "Risk
Factors--Risks Related to Completing the Company's Cable Systems."
 
  Because the Company's cost of developing and constructing its systems, as
well as operating its business, will depend on a variety of factors (including
the Company's ability to successfully negotiate construction supply contracts
at favorable prices, the ability of the Company to generate sufficient sales
to customers, changes in the competitive environment of the markets served by
the Company, the estimated levels of participation by the Company's joint
venture partners, and changes in technology), actual costs and revenues will
vary from expected amounts, possibly materially, and such variations will
likely impact the Company's future capital requirements. The development of
additional systems which may be pursued by the Company will lead to additional
future capital requirements.
 
  As of April 21, 1998, the Company entered into a supply contract (the "PC-1
Contract") with TSSL to construct PC-1. The PC-1 Contract contains
construction payments totaling $1.0 billion to be made by Global Crossing and
its joint venture partners. In addition, Alcatel has been selected by the
Company to construct MAC and has been instructed to proceed with preparatory
activities requiring capital commitments by the Company of no greater than
$10.5 million. The Company has not yet entered into definitive supply
contracts to construct MAC or PAC. See "Risk Factors--Substantial Future
Capital Requirements" and "Risk Factors--Risk of Error in Forward-Looking
Statements."
 
INCOME TAXES
 
  Since the Company has not recognized any income to date no income tax
provision has been reflected in the consolidated financial statements.
 
FOREIGN CURRENCY EXPOSURE
 
  All of the Company's sales and substantially all of its expenditures are
denominated in U.S. dollars. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in
foreign currencies at year end are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of
exchange at that date. Resulting gains or losses on exchange are recorded in
the statement of operations.
 
INFLATION
 
  Management does not believe that its business is impacted by inflation to a
significantly different extent than the general economy.
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
  The Company believes that its computer information systems will enable it to
process transactions relating to Year 2000 and beyond and that its computer
systems relating to AC-1 will be Year 2000 compliant. The Company has received
assurances from TSSL and Lucent Technologies regarding Year 2000 compliance
status of these suppliers with respect to AC-1, but does not currently have
such information regarding its customers. In the event that any of the
Company's significant suppliers or customers do not successfully and timely
achieve Year 2000 compliance, the Company's business or operations could be
adversely affected.
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
 
  Global Crossing is the world's first independent provider of global long
distance telecommunications facilities and services utilizing a network of
undersea digital fiber optic cable systems and associated terrestrial backhaul
capacity. As such, the Company believes it is the first to offer "one-stop
shopping" for its customers to multiple destinations worldwide. The Company
operates as a "carriers' carrier", providing tiered pricing and segmented
products to licensed providers of international telecommunications services.
Capacity on the Global Crossing Network is offered to all customers on an
open, equal access basis. The first four cable systems under development by
the Company, together with associated terrestrial backhaul capacity, will form
a state-of-the-art interconnected worldwide high capacity undersea fiber optic
network: AC-1, a system connecting the United States and Europe; PC-1, a
system connecting the United States and Asia; MAC, a system connecting the
eastern United States, Bermuda, the Caribbean and Central America; and PAC, a
system connecting the western United States and Central America. The Company
is in the process of developing several new cable systems and evaluating other
business development opportunities which will complement the Global Crossing
Network.
 
  Global Crossing's business is designed to meet the varying needs of the
global carrier market. The Company offers customers the ability to purchase
discrete increments of capacity on demand, thereby (i) eliminating their need
to commit the substantial capital which would otherwise be required to build
undersea cable capacity and (ii) decreasing the risks associated with
forecasting their future capacity requirements. Compared with traditional
undersea cable systems, the Company offers more comprehensive, flexible and
low-cost purchasing alternatives designed to meet current market requirements
of international carriers, including direct international city-to-city
connectivity, the ability to purchase capacity annually and discounts based
upon aggregate volume purchased on the Global Crossing Network.
 
  The Global Crossing Network is being engineered and constructed to allow
multiple upgrades to its initial circuit capacity at a fraction of the
original cost. The Company is focusing on expanding the products and services
it offers to customers in order to increase revenues and profits. These
expanded customer offerings, including upgrade opportunities and terrestrial
backhaul services, represent longer term revenue opportunities for the
Company. Furthermore, Global Crossing believes that additional opportunities
exist for the construction of auxiliary cable segments which would further add
to the Company's growth potential. Global Crossing intends to actively pursue
these and other opportunities in the future, including complementary
businesses and facilities.
 
  Global Crossing was formed to capitalize on the accelerating growth of
international voice and data telecommunications traffic. The significant
increase in Internet usage and other bandwidth-intensive applications and the
growing use of corporate networks have substantially increased the demand for
international fiber optic cable capacity. The proliferation of
telecommunications service providers due, in large part, to industry
deregulation has further contributed to increased demand for such
international cable capacity. Additionally, the Company believes that other
technological developments, such as improvements in "last mile" access
technology, including xDSL and cable modems, and the increasing video content
of Internet applications, will result in further capacity demand growth.
 
  The Company commenced operations in March 1997, when it contracted for the
construction of AC-1, a 14,000 km digital fiber optic cable system that will
link the United States, the United Kingdom, The Netherlands and Germany and
will initially offer 40 Gbps of service capacity, which is upgradeable to a
minimum of 80 Gbps, significantly increasing the existing undersea fiber optic
cable capacity along the heavily trafficked transatlantic route. AC-1 is
scheduled to commence service on its United States-United Kingdom segment by
May 31, 1998 and the full system, encompassing a four fiber pair self-healing
ring, is scheduled for completion by February 1999. In May 1998, Global
Crossing contracted for the construction of PC-1, a 21,000 km digital cable
system that will link the United States and Japan and will initially offer 80
Gbps of service capacity, upgradeable to a minimum of 160 Gbps. PC-1, a four
fiber pair self healing ring, is scheduled to commence initial service in
March 2000.
 
  In addition to the undersea segments of the Global Crossing Network, the
Company has made and expects to continue to make acquisitions of terrestrial
telecommunications capacity which complement its core undersea
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
cable business and which address customer demands for global city-to-city
connectivity. Global Crossing intends to pursue such connectivity in
approximately 50 of the largest metropolitan telecommunications markets
worldwide. Once completed, the undersea segments of the Global Crossing
Network, in combination with the Company's investments in terrestrial
telecommunications capacity, will form an integrated worldwide network with
multiple access points offering low-cost wholesale capacity.
 
MARKET OPPORTUNITY
 
  The Global Crossing Network is being developed to capitalize on certain
trends in the international telecommunications industry:
 
  Rapid Growth of Telecommunications Traffic. While international voice
traffic from 1996-2000 is expected to grow at a rate of 13% annually,
international data traffic growth is expected to significantly outpace voice
traffic growth. One of the key factors contributing to the growth in data
traffic is the increasing use of broadband applications such as the Internet,
which has grown at a compound annual rate of 86% for the past five years as
measured by the number of Internet hosts. In addition, improvements in "last
mile" technology, such as xDSL and cable modems, are contributing to the
significant increase in the number of subscribers using such bandwidth-
intensive applications. For example, the number of cable modem subscribers in
the United States alone is projected to increase by approximately 600% in
1998. Several additional key factors are expected to drive the rapid growth in
worldwide telecommunications traffic, including the (i) worldwide growth in
the use of bandwidth-intensive applications, such as video conferencing and
corporate intranets, (ii) increased globalization of commerce and (iii) a
general decline in international tariffs.
 
  Impact of Global Deregulation. The continued deregulation of the global
telecommunications industry has resulted in a significant increase in the
number of competitors, including traditional carriers, wireless operators,
ISPs and new local exchange service providers, due in large part to: (i) the
breadth and volume of privatization activity globally and (ii) the ability of
new entrants to effectively compete against the formerly protected incumbent
providers. This change in the global competitive landscape is generating
significant demand for broadband communications capacity as carriers seek to
secure sufficient capacity for their expansion plans. As of April 1998, the
ITU estimated that there were 1,000 international carriers, representing a
186% increase since the end of 1996. In addition, further telecom
privatization is expected during 1998 and 1999, which in turn is expected to
generate increased global competition.
 
  Shortage of Available Capacity. The Company believes that additional network
undersea capacity and faster response times will be required to satisfy
current and anticipated growth in telecommunications traffic. While there has
been a significant increase in the demand for global telecommunications
capacity, there has not been a corresponding growth in the number of new
transport facilities, especially in the undersea cable industry. The Company
believes that construction of competing undersea cable systems will be limited
in the near future due to barriers to entry, including (i) the extensive lead
time required to engineer and construct cable systems, (ii) the limited number
of major undersea cable supply and construction companies, (iii) the limited
number of qualified personnel with extensive experience in the undersea cable
industry and (iv) the significant capital required to develop undersea cable
systems.
 
  Increasing Challenges for Consortia Systems. Historically, the planning and
ownership of undersea cable systems was conducted through large consortia
typically led by the monopoly telecommunications providers. Global Crossing
believes that the consortium approach to constructing, owning and operating
undersea cable systems is becoming far less effective as (i) carriers
increasingly view significant long term capital investments in capacity to be
a suboptimal utilization of resources, (ii) deregulation of international
telecommunications markets leads to direct competition among consortia members
for customers, (iii) competition from new entrants makes carriers' market
share and capacity requirements increasingly difficult to predict and (iv) the
rapid pace of technological change creates difficulties in the ability of
carriers to accurately forecast the growth of telecommunications traffic.
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
  Acceptance of Privately Sponsored Cable Systems. The Company believes that
telecommunications service providers have become increasingly receptive to the
advantages of independent, privately-owned cable systems. In connection with
the marketing of capacity on the Global Crossing Network, carriers have
responded positively to the Company's ability to offer (i) capacity as and
when needed without the incurrence of significant initial capital investments,
(ii) a wide range of purchasing options appealing to both established carriers
and new market entrants, (iii) state-of-the-art system quality combined with
cost-effective high quality operations, administration and maintenance support
and (iv) the absence of direct competition with its customers.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  Global Crossing's mission is to create an integrated global network through
ownership of a portfolio of undersea fiber optic systems, combined with
associated terrestrial backhaul capacity, which will offer its customers the
highest quality city-to-city connectivity at competitive prices. The principal
elements of the Company's business strategy include:
 
  Create a Worldwide Network. Upon completion, the currently announced
undersea segments of the Global Crossing Network will directly connect Asia,
North America, Europe, Central America and the Caribbean through the major
transoceanic routes utilizing state-of-the-art technology. To increase the
attractiveness of the Global Crossing Network, the Company is making selective
wholesale acquisitions of terrestrial telecommunications capacity, thereby
providing its customers with international city-to-city connectivity through
Global Crossing's cable systems at prices significantly lower than if such
customers had attempted to gain connectivity by separately purchasing required
terrestrial backhaul capacity. Global Crossing intends to pursue such
connectivity in approximately 50 of the largest metropolitan
telecommunications markets worldwide. The Company also intends to actively
pursue additional opportunities for the expansion of the Global Crossing
Network, including complementary businesses and facilities.
 
  Maintain Position as a Leading Wholesale Service Provider. Global Crossing
is the world's first independent provider of global long distance
telecommunications facilities and services utilizing a network of undersea
digital fiber optic cable systems and associated terrestrial backhaul
capacity. The Company's products are segmented to meet the varying needs of
the global carrier market, with shore-to-shore capacity offered to major
carriers that have their own terrestrial backhaul capacity and city-to-city
capacity provided to other customers that require such service. Global
Crossing also offers carriers, through wholesale channels, a combination of
volume-based purchasing flexibility, typically according to a tiered scale
with various incentive levels, and volume discounts for purchases of capacity
on one cable system based upon purchases previously made on the Company's
other systems. In certain cases, the Company will permit the transfer of a
portion of unused capacity purchases from one Global Crossing system to
another depending on customers' individual traffic needs.
 
  Utilize State-of-the-Art Technology. The Global Crossing Network is being
engineered and constructed using the latest in fiber optic technology, self-
healing ring structures, erbium doped fiber amplifier repeaters, DWDM and
redundancies of capacity to ensure instantaneous restoration. The Company
believes that incorporating such technology in the Global Crossing Network
will (i) provide a cost advantage over existing alternatives, (ii) make it
more reliable than competing systems, (iii) allow the Company to offer
substantially more capacity than existing cable systems and (iv) enable the
capacity of each of the Company's cable systems to be upgraded at the landing
stations rapidly and at a fraction of the initial system cost without physical
modification of the submerged portion of the system.
 
  Maintain Position as Low-Cost Provider. The Company plans to maintain its
position as a low-cost provider of facilities and services to its carrier
customers relative to its competitors. Global Crossing believes that this low-
cost position results from a combination of (i) low sales and marketing and
general and administrative costs, reflecting a commitment to wholesale
customers, (ii) ownership of undersea fiber optic facilities utilizing state-
of-the-art technology, resulting in lower operating and maintenance costs that
will be passed on to its customers, and (iii) leveraging the Company's strong
position in the undersea fiber optic facilities market to obtain low-cost
terrestrial connectivity between cable landing stations and major
telecommunications sites.
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
  Provide "One-Stop" Sales and Service. Through both its marketing and sales
force, as well as its ongoing operations, administrative and maintenance
support, Global Crossing plans to offer one-stop sales and service to
customers worldwide. The Company currently employs 15 marketing professionals
located in major cities throughout the world in order to facilitate the sales
of its telecommunications capacity and increase market awareness and name
recognition. The efforts of the sales force have resulted in significant
contractual arrangements to date with international telecommunications
carriers. In addition, Global Crossing is developing a centralized operations,
administration and maintenance support system to serve the entire Global
Crossing Network, including a customer care center, network operations center
and technical support center. Through such integrated customer support, in
combination with its sales force, the Company intends to enable customers to
have a single point of contact regarding capacity sales and service on the
Global Crossing Network.
 
  Leverage Extensive Management Experience. Global Crossing has assembled and
will continue to build a strong management team comprised of executives with
extensive operating experience in the telecommunications industry and the
undersea cable sector. Prior to joining the Company, Jack Scanlon, the
Company's Chief Executive Officer, was President and General Manager of the
Cellular Networks and Space Sector of Motorola, Inc., responsible for
approximately $6 billion in annual revenues and 16,000 employees. Mr. Scanlon
has over 30 years of experience in the telecommunications industry, including
24 years with AT&T and Bell Laboratories. In addition, William Carter, the
Company's senior executive in charge of system development, was formerly the
President and Chief Executive Officer of SSI, overseeing the research and
development, engineering, implementation and integration of SSI's
international cable and satellite facilities. Mr. Carter had been at AT&T for
30 years prior to joining the Company. During Mr. Carter's tenure, SSI had the
leading worldwide market share in the undersea cable industry. Dan J. Cohrs,
the Company's Chief Financial Officer, was formerly Vice President and Chief
Planning and Development Officer at GTE, where he was responsible for
corporate development activities, including mergers and acquisitions and
strategic transactions, as well as strategic planning and competitive
analysis. In addition, the Company's system development team includes several
individuals with extensive experience with major undersea cable and
telecommunications industry participants. See "Management."
 
THE GLOBAL CROSSING NETWORK
 
  As part of Global Crossing's mission to create an integrated global, high
capacity undersea fiber optic cable network, the Global Crossing Network is
being engineered and constructed to connect the two most heavily trafficked
international corridors in the world via AC-1 (United States to Europe) and
PC-1 (United States to Asia). Global Crossing plans to interconnect these
systems with two north-south systems (MAC and PAC), directly connecting
Bermuda, the Caribbean, Central America and, through unaffiliated cable
systems, South America. Of the four undersea fiber optic cable systems
currently being developed by Global Crossing, AC-1, MAC and PAC are wholly-
owned projects by the Company, while PC-1 is being developed through a joint
venture with one or more partners, including Marubeni. Global Crossing will
have at least a 50% interest in PC-1 and, in conjunction with Marubeni, will
manage its development, sales and operation.
 
  The following table contains information regarding the estimated system
cost, initial RFS date and ownership structure of the Company's four currently
planned systems:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   ESTIMATED
                 SYSTEM COST(1)           EXPECTED INITIAL              OWNERSHIP
     SYSTEM        (MILLIONS)                RFS DATE(2)                STRUCTURE
     ------      --------------       -------------------------       -------------
     <S>         <C>                  <C>                             <C>
     AC-1            $  750               May 1998 (US-UK)            Wholly-Owned
                                      February 1999 (Full Ring)
     PC-1             1,200                  March 2000               Joint Venture
     MAC                415                 November 1999             Wholly-Owned
     PAC                280                 February 2000             Wholly-Owned
                     ------
                     $2,645
                     ======
</TABLE>
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
- --------
(1) Includes anticipated financing costs. The amount indicated under
    "Estimated System Cost" is: (i) for AC-1 and PC-1 in accordance with
    executed supply and financing documents; supply documents, current
    negotiations regarding financing arrangements and current management; and
    (ii) for the other currently planned systems, based upon current
    management estimates and, in the case of MAC, current negotiations
    regarding supply and financing arrangements. Certain factors, such as
    increases in interest rates and delays in construction, could result in
    higher actual costs or later RFS dates than currently estimated. See "Risk
    Factors--Risks Related to Completing the Company's Cable Systems" and
    "Risk Factors--Risk of Error in Forward-Looking Statements."
 
(2) For AC-1 and PC-1, based upon executed supply and financing documents. For
    other currently planned systems, based upon management estimates and, in
    the case of MAC, current negotiations regarding supply and financing
    arrangements. Certain factors, such as reliance upon third party
    suppliers, could result in timing delays. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on
    Third Parties."
 
ATLANTIC CROSSING
 
  AC-1, the Company's first undersea fiber optic cable in the Atlantic region,
is a 14,000 km four fiber pair self-healing ring that, upon completion, will
connect the United States and Europe with landing stations in the United
States, the United Kingdom, The Netherlands and Germany. AC-1 is equipped with
state-of-the-art DWDM and the full ring will initially offer 40 Gbps of
service capacity, significantly increasing the existing fiber optic cable
capacity on this transatlantic route. Capacity on AC-1 is upgradeable to a
minimum of 80 Gbps using DWDM technology.
 
  The aggregate costs of AC-1, which are estimated to be approximately $750
million, have been fully financed prior to the Offerings. In addition to the
AC-1 Contract with TSSL for construction of the system, Global Crossing has
entered into other contracts with TSSL pursuant to which TSSL will provide
operations, administration and maintenance services for the system. AC-1 is
scheduled to commence service on its United States-United Kingdom segment by
May 31, 1998 and the full system, encompassing a self-healing ring, is
scheduled for completion by February 1999.
 
  The Company has successfully marketed capacity on AC-1 to licensed
telecommunications providers, including PTTs, established and emerging
telecommunications companies and Internet service providers. Sales of capacity
on AC-1 and related backhaul commenced in October 1997 and, as of April 21,
1998, the Company had entered into CPAs with customers providing for payments
to the Company of at least $400 million. The Company's AC-1 customers include
Deutsche Telekom, Teleglobe, Swisscom, PTT Telecom BV, Telia AB and a number
of emerging telecommunications companies. The Company has granted certain
customers who have entered into CPAs options to acquire further capacity on
AC-1. The amount of such capacity depends upon a number of factors, including
upgrades to AC-1, future prices for AC-1 capacity and the amount of unsold
capacity on AC-1 at certain dates after the AC-1 system RFS date. In addition,
the Company has received non-binding indications of interest from customers
pursuant to MOUs that would, if converted into CPAs, provide for payments to
the Company of approximately $175 million. The timing of payments by
purchasers under CPAs generally depends on when service commences on the
segment or segments of AC-1 on which capacity is acquired. All of the
foregoing payment amounts assume the completion of each segment prior to its
scheduled RFS date. There can be no assurance that any MOUs will be converted
into CPAs or that the final form of any CPA will contain the same capacity
purchase or payment provisions as the related MOU.
 
  Based upon its current expectations regarding sales of capacity on AC-1, the
Company believes that it will develop and eventually construct AC-2, an
additional four fiber pair cable connecting the United States to Europe. When
combined with AC-1, AC-2 would double the capacity that Global Crossing would
be able to offer customers on the transatlantic route. There can be no
assurance that the Company will ultimately elect to proceed with AC-2 or that
such system will help the Company achieve and sustain operating profitability.
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
PACIFIC CROSSING
 
  PC-1, the Company's first undersea fiber optic cable in the Pacific region,
is being developed as a 21,000 km four fiber pair self-healing ring that, upon
completion, will connect California, Washington and two landing sites in
Japan, providing connectivity to other points in Asia through interconnection
with other third party cable systems. PC-1 is designed to operate initially at
80 Gbps of service capacity and to be upgradeable to a minimum of 160 Gbps,
using DWDM technology.
 
  In April 1998, the Company executed the PC-1 Contract with TSSL for the
construction of PC-1, which provides for a system completion date of Summer
2000 at an aggregate cost of approximately $1.2 billion (excluding potential
future upgrades). Equity investments in PC-1 by Global Crossing and its
partners are currently estimated at $400 million (of which at least $200
million will be provided by the Company), with the remaining $800 million
financed through incurrence of non-recourse indebtedness at the PC-1 level.
The contractual arrangements for the financing of such indebtedness were
completed on May 11, 1998.
 
MID-ATLANTIC CROSSING
 
  MAC is being developed as a 9,300 km two fiber pair self-healing ring that,
upon completion, will connect New York, Bermuda, the Caribbean and Florida.
Additionally, MAC will interconnect with PAC using a two fiber pair cable
that, upon completion, will connect the Caribbean and Panama. Global Crossing
intends that MAC will be connected to AC-1 via its cable station in
Brookhaven, New York, providing connectivity between Europe, the eastern
United States, Bermuda, the Caribbean, Panama and, through interconnection
with other non-Global Crossing submarine cable systems, South America. It is
anticipated that MAC will transverse Panama via an existing terrestrial right-
of-way. MAC is being designed to operate initially at 20 Gbps of service
capacity and to be upgradeable to a minimum of 40 Gbps using DWDM technology.
 
  Global Crossing has entered into a non-binding agreement in principle with
TeleBermuda International Limited ("TBI"), the second international carrier in
Bermuda, pursuant to which Global Crossing expects to acquire from TBI the now
operational BUS-1 undersea cable which connects Bermuda to New Jersey, in
exchange for cash and certain capacity on AC-1. If such transaction is
consummated, the BUS-1 cable will be incorporated into MAC, with its northern
landing site moved from New Jersey to Brookhaven, New York.
 
  Alcatel Submarine Networks ("Alcatel") has been selected by the Company to
engineer and construct MAC and has been instructed to proceed with preparatory
activities. The Company is in negotiations with Alcatel for a definitive
construction contract for MAC. Based upon these negotiations, the Company
currently anticipates that MAC will be completed by November 1999 and will
cost approximately $415 million (excluding potential future upgrades), of
which approximately $135 million will consist of equity contributions by the
Company and $280 million is expected to be financed through non-recourse
indebtedness at the MAC level.
 
PAN AMERICAN CROSSING
 
  PAC is being developed as a 7,000 km two fiber pair cable that, upon
completion, will connect California, Mexico and Panama. PAC will connect with
PC-1 through the Company's landing station in San Luis Obispo, California and
with MAC through the Company's landing station in Panama. PAC is being
designed to operate initially at 20 Gbps of service capacity and to be
upgradeable to a minimum of 40 Gbps using DWDM technology.
 
  The Company is currently negotiating the engineering and construction
contract for this system. Based upon these negotiations, the Company believes
that PAC could be constructed by February 2000 and will cost approximately
$280 million (excluding potential future upgrades), with $80 million financed
through equity contributions from the Company and $200 million expected to be
financed through non-recourse indebtedness at the PAC level.
 
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
TERRESTRIAL BACKHAUL SERVICES
 
  In addition to the undersea segments of the Global Crossing Network, the
Company has made and expects to continue to make acquisitions of terrestrial
telecommunications capacity which complement its core undersea
cable business and which address customer demands for global city-to-city
connectivity. Global Crossing intends to acquire such connectivity to
approximately 50 of the largest metropolitan telecommunications markets
worldwide. The Company has entered into contractual arrangements to provide
terrestrial backhaul service between its landing stations in the United States
and the United Kingdom and New York City and London, respectively, as well as
other arrangements to provide backhaul service in Germany and The Netherlands.
In addition, the Company recently entered into a capacity exchange agreement
with Qwest whereby Global Crossing will receive access to over 25 U.S.
metropolitan telecommunications markets on Qwest's terrestrial network in
exchange for capacity on AC-1. The Company has also recently entered into
arrangements to provide backhaul services to PC-1 customers from its Japanese
landing stations directly to Tokyo at prices substantially lower than existing
alternatives.
 
ADDITIONAL NETWORK EXPANSION OPPORTUNITIES
 
  The Company is in the process of developing several new cable systems and
evaluating other business development opportunities which will complement the
Global Crossing Network. There can be no assurance that the Company will
ultimately elect to proceed with such opportunities or, if it elects to do so,
that such opportunities will help the Company achieve and sustain operating
profitability.
 
  Further Undersea Opportunities. The undersea routes served by the Global
Crossing Network and other cable systems are projected to have substantial
growth greatly exceeding all capacity currently in use and under development
(including planned upgrades). To address such demand, the Company plans to
evaluate and, as appropriate, build additional systems on such routes. It is
anticipated that such systems, where possible, would be restored on the
existing systems and would achieve further cost efficiencies through the use
of existing landing stations.
 
  Terrestrial Backhaul Opportunities. The Company is reviewing opportunities
to build terrestrial backhaul networks connecting the major cities in Europe
and Japan to landing sites for both AC-1 and PC-1 landing stations
respectively.
 
  Other Development Opportunities. The Company is actively pursuing
development opportunities whereby Global Crossing would provide "fee for
service" expertise in the planning, design, implementation and operation of
global undersea cable systems and associated terrestrial backhaul.
 
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
 
  AC-1, PC-1 and MAC are each designed utilizing self-healing ring technology
to optimize system performance. Two types of protection switching, span
switching and ring switching, are provided. Span switching protects a system
against failures between adjacent landing sites which only affect service line
traffic and not the protection fibers. Ring switching protects a system
against complete failures between adjacent landing sites. Because such
technology will protect any single system failure in less than 500
milliseconds, no outages will result as a consequence of a single system
failure. Accordingly, the estimated system availability on any point-to-point
link on such systems is 99.995%.
 
  As undersea cable systems become more powerful (i.e., carry more traffic
along their transmission paths), it is important to provide a "self-
restoration solution" because other systems do not have the capacity to
provide restoration for these new high performance undersea cable systems.
Single span systems must enter into reciprocal arrangements with either other
undersea fiber-optic operators or satellite carriers to pick up and deliver
this traffic if a system failure should occur. Providing self-restoration
through this ring design with the switching techniques described above is now
viewed as offering a qualitative advantage over single span systems with
external restoration.
 
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
  With respect to PAC, which does not employ self-healing ring technology, the
Company is exploring options to enter into restoration arrangements with
terrestrial fiber optic cable operators to protect against system traffic
interruptions. The Company may also enter into similar arrangements to protect
against catastrophic system malfunction on its other cable systems.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
  The Company markets capacity on its systems to licensed telecommunications
providers, including PTTs, established and emerging telecommunications
companies and Internet service providers. The Company believes its current
customers represent a broad array of telecommunications companies.
 
  The initial sales strategy of the Company emphasizes the sale of capacity on
an IRU basis, whereby the customer purchases a unit of capacity for the
remaining design life of a particular cable system. On AC-1, the Company is
selling capacity at an increment of 155 megabits (Mbps), known as an STM-1,
for the 25-year life of AC-1. For the other Global Crossing cable systems, the
Company also expects to sell capacity to customers at the STM-1 level, as well
as at the smaller increment of 45 Mbps, where warranted based upon the actual
demand levels along certain routes. The Company has instituted a tiered
pricing schedule for all of its systems which provides for volume discounts,
thereby allowing customers to reduce their average circuit cost as more
circuits are purchased. In addition, the Company offers pricing discounts on
purchases of capacity prior to a system's commercial operation date, in order
to induce customers to make early purchase commitments.
 
  To further increase the attractiveness of the Company's network, Global
Crossing intends to make selective wholesale acquisitions of backhaul
capacity, thereby enabling customers to achieve city-to-city connectivity
through the Global Crossing Network at prices significantly lower than if such
customers had attempted to gain such connectivity by separately purchasing
such backhaul capacity. For AC-1 customers, the Company entered into
contractual arrangements providing backhaul capacity between its landing
stations in the United States and the United Kingdom and New York City and
London, respectively, as well as other arrangements to provide backhaul
capacity in Germany and The Netherlands. In addition, the Company has recently
entered into a capacity exchange agreement with Qwest whereby Global Crossing
will receive access to over 25 U.S. cities on Qwest's terrestrial network in
exchange for capacity on both the AC-1 and PC-1 systems.
 
  Global Crossing is exploring the development of other products designed to
take advantage of its ownership of several cable systems in different parts of
the world. For example, the Company is developing products to allow its
customers to obtain volume discounts for purchases of capacity on one system
based upon purchases previously made on the Company's other systems and to
transfer a portion of unused capacity purchases from one Global Crossing
system to another depending on customers' individual traffic needs.
 
  The Company has recently established a marketing entity in order to
facilitate the sales of tele- communications capacity on the Global Crossing
Network, as well as to increase market awareness and name recognition of
Global Crossing. Global Crossing has been able to recruit and train a full-
service sales and marketing team, including the Company's head of sales and
marketing, Mr. Patrick Joggerst, who had been at TSSL and AT&T for a total of
17 years prior to joining the Company, most recently as Managing Director of
TSSL's Americas Region. Mr. Joggerst directly oversees the Americas Region and
is responsible for overseeing the duties of the two regional vice presidents,
each being in charge of one of the two other regions of the Company's
marketing organization, Europe/Middle East/Africa and Asia. Each regional
vice-president oversees the performance of regional marketing directors who
have direct account responsibility in certain geographic areas of the region.
In total, the Company employed 15 marketing professionals as of April 15,
1998. While the Company intends to expand the current size of its marketing
organization, management believes that a moderately-sized sales force is
sufficient to adequately address all customers seeking to acquire undersea
cable capacity on a wholesale basis.
 
  During the pre-operational period for AC-1, in which the Company is seeking
to generate significant pre-sales of capacity, the Company has presented
project information meetings (otherwise known as data gathering meetings) in
order to better educate potential customers about AC-1 and Global Crossing's
other planned cable systems. To date, the Company has hosted three such
meetings, with the most recent event hosting 200 attendees
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
representing over 75 companies. Attendees of such meetings have been
affiliated with both existing and prospective customers and have represented a
variety of sectors of the telecommunications industry. Ongoing, the Company
intends to organize at least one major international conference per year in
order to provide updated information on the Global Crossing Network. The
Company also intends to host regional project information meetings focusing on
a particular cable system, with such meetings scheduled to precede the
anticipated commercial operation date for such system.
 
  The Company intends to reinforce customer awareness through a variety of
marketing campaigns, including its Global Crossing international conferences
and regional marketing events, participation in key industry and user group
conferences, speaking engagements, press conferences and promotional
campaigns. In addition, Global Crossing expects its marketing team to
periodically visit current and prospective customers to obtain a greater
understanding of the individual needs of such customers.
 
SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL TERMS OF STANDARD CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTATION
 
Capacity Purchase Agreements (CPAs)
 
  In general, a CPA provides for the sale of capacity by the Company on an IRU
basis, whereby the purchaser owns a unit of capacity for the remaining design
life of a particular system. The term of a CPA is 25 years from the RFS date
for the system on which capacity is being acquired, which is the entire useful
life of the system. Upon execution of a CPA prior to a segment RFS date, the
Company generally receives 10% of the purchase price immediately, with the
balance of the purchase price due to the Company upon the applicable RFS date
for that segment. A limited number of CPAs provide for payment of the purchase
price in installments over two to three year periods. Each purchaser under a
CPA is required to pay its allocated share of the cost of operating,
maintaining and repairing the system. A purchaser's payment obligation under a
CPA shall generally terminate (i) with respect to purchased capacity on the
United States-United Kingdom segment, if the RFS date for such segment has not
occurred by October 15, 1998 or (ii) with respect to any other purchased
capacity on AC-1 (and, in some cases, with respect to purchased capacity on
the United States-United Kingdom segment), if the RFS date for the AC-1 system
has not occurred by June 30, 1999. Performance under CPAs is also contingent
upon the obtaining and continuance of such approvals, consents, governmental
authorizations, licenses and permits as may be required or reasonably deemed
necessary by each party thereto for performance by such party thereunder and
as may be satisfactory to it. The obligations of purchasers under certain CPAs
are additionally contingent upon the execution of related ICPAs. See "Risk
Factors--Sales of Capacity; Termination of CPAs."
 
  Additionally, each purchaser acquiring capacity on AC-1 prior to the system
RFS date is granted the right to receive additional capacity ("residual
capacity") at no additional cost upon the date which is 12 1/2 years after the
RFS date for the system. Furthermore, neither party is liable to the other for
consequential, incidental, indirect or special damages sustained by reason of
(i) any failure in or breakdown on the system or the facilities associated
with the system, (ii) the failure of any inland carrier to perform the terms
and conditions of any agreement to which it and the purchaser are parties or
(iii) for any interruption of service, whatever the cause and however long it
shall last. Each CPA is subject to an arbitration clause. Some CPAs are
supported by a parent guarantee from the purchaser.
 
Inland Services Agreements (ISAs)
 
  The Company has entered into agreements with certain terrestrial cable
systems to purchase inland capacity on such systems for resale to its
purchasers. In general, the term of each ISA is 25 years from the RFS date of
the particular system or until the system is retired, whichever occurs first.
In certain cases, the Company has the option to extend the term of each ISA
for an additional five years. Neither party to an ISA is responsible for any
loss, damage, delay or failure of performance resulting from an event of Force
Majeure (as defined therein). If an event of Force Majeure continues for a
period of 30 days, the Company may terminate the ISA. Each ISA is subject to
an arbitration clause.
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
Inland Capacity Purchase Agreements (ICPAs)
 
  The Company has entered into ICPAs with some of its customers. Under an
ICPA, the Company provides the customer with a portion of the backhaul
capacity it purchased from owners of terrestrial cable systems under ISAs. The
term of each ICPA is 25 years from the RFS date for the particular system.
Upon execution of an ICPA, the Company generally receives 10% of the purchase
price immediately, with the balance due no later than the RFS date for the
particular segment. A purchaser's payment obligation under an ICPA generally
shall terminate (i) with respect to purchased capacity on the United States-
United Kingdom segment, if the RFS date for such segment has not occurred by
October 15, 1998 or (ii) with respect to any other purchased capacity on AC-1
(and, in some cases, with respect to purchased capacity on the United States-
United Kingdom segment), if the RFS Date for the AC-1 system has not occurred
by June 30, 1999. Unlike a CPA, the purchaser under an ICPA is generally not
required to make any additional payments for costs associated with operating,
maintaining and repairing the backhaul capacity in which the IRU is granted.
Neither party is liable to the other for consequential, incidental, indirect
or special damages sustained (i) by reason of any failure of any inland
carrier to perform the terms and conditions of any ISA to which it is a party
or (ii) for any interruption of service, whatever the cause and however long
it shall last. Each ICPA is subject to an arbitration clause. An ICPA may be
supported by a corresponding parent guarantee from the purchaser.
 
OPERATIONS, ADMINISTRATION AND MAINTENANCE SUPPORT
 
  Pursuant to the AC-1 OA&M Agreement, TSSL will provide operations,
administration and maintenance support on behalf of AC-1 for a term of eight
years following the commencement of commercial operations. As of December 31,
1997, the Company was committed under the AC-1 OA&M Agreement to make payments
totalling approximately $263 million. Such agreement is extendible at the
option of the Company for two additional periods of 8.5 years each. For AC-1,
TSSL's network operations center is designed to ensure the overall ongoing
monitoring of the system's operation, maintenance and control systems. The
network management equipment located at the Brookhaven, New York landing
station provides fault management, security management, configuration
management and performance management, while undersea network management
equipment located at all landing stations provides system level monitoring of
the undersea terminating equipment. The full integration of these control
elements allows the AC-1 cable system to be "self-diagnostic," with such
control elements facilitating localization and repair in the event of the
occurrence of a system fault.
 
  In addition, Global Crossing is separately developing a worldwide
operations, administration and maintenance support system to serve each of its
cable systems (exclusive of AC-1 for the initial term of the TSSL OA&M
Agreement). Such support will be handled through three co-located work centers
currently anticipated to be located in Bermuda: a customer care center
("CCC"), network operations center ("NOC") and technical support center
("TSC").
 
  Customer Care Center. The CCC will provide capacity purchasers with a single
point of contact for service provisioning, interconnect coordination support
and billing inquiries.
 
  Network Operations Center. The NOC will handle operations, administrative
and maintenance activities for each of the Company's cable systems, including
capacity provisioning, network performance, repair and restoration activities.
Capacity provisioning relates to the appropriate allocation of capacity on the
Company's cable systems among capacity purchasers. Management of network
performance entails detection and response to system degradation and other
performance parameters, as well as preventative activities.
 
  Technical Support Center. The TSC will be a 24-hour center managed by
highly-trained experts to handle technical inquiries from purchasers regarding
system performance and interconnection arrangements.
 
COMPETITION
 
  The international telecommunications industry is highly competitive. The
Company faces competition from existing and planned cable systems along each
of its planned routes and from satellite providers, including
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
existing geosynchronous satellites and low-earth orbit systems now under
construction. The Company competes primarily on the basis of price,
availability, transmission quality and reliability, customer service and the
location of its systems. Traditionally, carriers have made long term
investments in ownership of cable capacity, making lower price and superior
service less determinative in convincing such carriers to acquire additional
capacity on the Company's systems than is the case in industries without such
long-term relationships. See "Risk Factors--Competition."
 
 Existing and Planned Cable Systems
 
  The routes addressed by Global Crossing's planned systems are currently
served by several undersea cables as well as satellites. Currently, there are
several fiber optic transatlantic cable systems, each of which will compete
directly with AC-1. Primary future sources of transatlantic competition for
the Company may result from, among others, (i) TAT-14, a transatlantic cable
system which is being developed by its consortium members, including British
Telecom, AT&T, France Telecom and Deutsche Telekom, and (ii) Gemini, a
transatlantic cable system being operated and marketed by WorldCom and Cable &
Wireless. The Company believes that such other cable systems will compete
directly with AC-1 and the commitments of the developers and other carriers on
these systems could substantially reduce demand for capacity on AC-1.
 
  Similarly, there are several cable systems currently operating between the
United States and Asia, the route to be served by PC-1. Competition in the
transpacific market may result from, among others, (i) China-US, a
transpacific system being developed as a "private cable system" by fourteen
large carriers, including SBC, MCI, AT&T and Sprint, most of whom have
traditionally sponsored consortium cables and (ii) a transpacific system being
developed by a consortium of major telecommunications carriers, including
Worldcom, AT&T, KDD, NTT, Cable & Wireless and GTE. Although the Company
believes that such other cable systems will not satisfy the demand for
capacity between the United States and Japan and that there is currently
enough demand projected to accommodate all such systems, such other cable
systems will receive commitments for capacity that PC-1 could have received in
their absence.
 
  Other regional and global systems are being considered by developers,
including Project Oxygen, a global system being evaluated by CTR Group, Ltd.
In addition, the Company may face competition from existing and planned
regional systems and satellites on its MAC and PAC routes, where entrants are
vying for purchases from a small but rapidly growing customer base.
 
 Satellite Transmission
 
  When comparing cable transmission against satellite transmission, the
Company believes that cable has a distinct advantage with respect to latency
(i.e., transmission delay) and voice quality. Cable transmission has a lower
cost per circuit, higher capacity and longer expected equipment life than
satellite transmission. Satellite transmission is generally considered to have
a comparative advantage versus cable transmission for mobile communications
only in the area of point-to-multipoint broadcast and "thin route"
transmission, as opposed to the more common point-to-point, high volume
transmission for which cable usage is considered to be preferable.
 
  In early 1997, the FCC granted Ka-band licenses and orbital locations to 13
companies. The firms developing future satellite technology envision a network
of satellites that will provide broadband data transmission with data rates of
2 Mbps, 20 Mbps, and even 155 Mbps. Potential participants in the field
include Astrolink, Skybridge, Teledesic Corporation, CyberStar, SpaceWay and
Celestri, who are seeking to provide high bandwidth transmission sublet
networks. Due to (i) the significant initial costs related to these systems,
(ii) the risks relating to satellite launch systems and (iii) the
significantly lower transmission capacity versus current fiber optic systems,
the Company believes that the new satellite systems will not be able to offer
competitive cost per unit of transmission capacity. The Company believes it
will have at least five years lead time to help it solidify a sustainable
competitive market position before true broadband satellite service commences.
 
SUPPLIERS
 
  There are currently three major supply companies in the undersea cable
industry: TSSL, Alcatel and KDD SCS. Cable & Wireless and Pirelli also have a
presence in the industry and there are a number of smaller
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
suppliers who have focused primarily on regional routes or non-repeatered
systems. TSSL is completing construction of AC-1 and, together with KDD SCS
(as a subcontractor), will be responsible for design and installation of PC-1.
As a result of a competitive bidding process, Alcatel has been selected by the
Company to construct MAC and has been instructed to proceed with preparatory
activities. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Third Parties."
 
PROPERTIES
 
  The Company leases executive and administrative offices at its worldwide
headquarters at Wessex House, 45 Reid Street, Hamilton HM12 Bermuda. The
Company owns a cable station in Brookhaven, New York and a cable station in
White Sands, United Kingdom. The Company leases cable station space in Sylt,
Germany and cable station space in Beverwijk, The Netherlands. Such leases run
for the anticipated 25-year term of AC-1. The Company also leases office space
in Los Angeles, Morristown, New Jersey, London and San Francisco.
 
REGULATION
 
  The Company, in the ordinary course of development, construction and
operation of its fiber optic cable systems, will be required to obtain and
maintain various permits, licenses and other authorizations in both the United
States and in foreign jurisdictions where its cables land, and will be subject
to applicable telecommunications regulations in such jurisdictions. In
particular, submarine cable landing or similar licenses will be required in
many of the jurisdictions where Global Crossing's planned systems will land.
With respect to AC-1, an undersea cable landing license (the "AC-1 Landing
License") and a subsequent modification have been obtained from the United
States Federal Communications Commission ("FCC"), which license permits AC-1
to land in the United States at the Brookhaven, New York landing site and to
operate between the United States, the United Kingdom, The Netherlands and
Germany. The AC-1 Landing License authorizes the Company to provide capacity
on a private carriage basis, and AC-1 is not presently regulated by the FCC as
a common carrier. Global Crossing has obtained landing licenses similar to the
AC-1 Landing License in each of the other jurisdictions where the AC-1 cable
system will land and where such licenses are required. With respect to each of
the Company's cable systems other than AC-1, the Company anticipates both
filing applications for cable landing licenses with the FCC (and, where
necessary, foreign regulatory agencies) and seeking private carriage status
for these systems as well. These licenses are typically issued for a term of
years (in the case of the FCC-issued cable landing license, 25 years), and are
subject to renewal. United States law (and the law of several foreign
jurisdictions, as well) limits foreign ownership, direct or indirect, of
entities holding cable landing licenses, although the FCC has progressively
relaxed to the rules to examine only those foreign holders that are affiliated
with a foreign telecommunications carrier that has market power in the
destination country. More recently, in order to implement a multilateral World
Trade Organization agreement, the FCC adopted regulations that presumptively
permit unlimited foreign ownership by nationals of countries that are party to
that agreement. See "Risk Factors--Government Regulation."
 
  Construction of each of the Company's cable systems also requires the
acquisition and maintenance of various permits and licenses in the ordinary
course of business. Pursuant to its construction contracts for AC-1 and PC-1,
TSSL is contractually obligated to obtain and maintain all such licenses and
permits. Although Global Crossing intends that the construction contracts for
each of the Company's other planned cable systems will impose the burden of
acquiring and maintaining construction licenses and permits on the contractor
for each of such systems, there can be no assurance that such contractor will
successfully obtain such permits and licenses. See "Risk Factors--Risks
Related to Completing the Company's Cable Systems."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
  As of April 15, 1998, the Company had 46 employees. The Company considers
its relations with its employees to be good.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
  The Company is not presently subject to any legal claims or proceedings.
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
  The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of the
directors and executive officers of GCL. The Company intends to appoint at
least two independent directors following the Offerings.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   NAME                   AGE                     POSITION
   ----                   ---                     --------
   <S>                    <C> <C>
   Gary Winnick..........  50       Co-Chairman of the Board and Director
   Lodwrick Cook.........  69       Co-Chairman of the Board and Director
   Jack Scanlon..........  56       Chief Executive Officer and Director
   David Lee.............  49  President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
   Barry Porter..........  40        Senior Vice President and Director
   Abbott Brown..........  54        Senior Vice President and Director
   Dan J. Cohrs..........  45 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
   K. Eugene Shutler.....  60               Senior Vice President
   Ian McLean............  41                  Vice President
   Hillel Weinberger.....  44                     Director
   Jay Bloom.............  42                     Director
   Dean Kehler...........  41                     Director
   Jay Levine............  41                     Director
   William Phoenix.......  41                     Director
   Bruce Raben...........  44                     Director
   Michael Steed.........  48                     Director
</TABLE>
 
  GARY WINNICK--Mr. Winnick, founder of Global Crossing, has been Co-Chairman
of the Board of GCL since January 1998 and, prior thereto, was Chairman of the
Board since the inception of the Company in March 1997. Mr. Winnick is the
founder and has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Pacific
Capital Group since its inception, having been in the principal equity
investment and merchant banking business since 1985. Mr. Winnick holds a BA in
Economics and Business Management from C.W. Post College.
 
  LODWRICK M. COOK--Mr. Cook has been Co-Chairman of the Board of GCL since
January 1998 and Vice Chairman, Managing Director of PCG since 1997. Prior to
joining PCG, Mr. Cook spent 39 years at Atlantic Richfield Co., serving as
President and Chief Executive Officer from 1985 to 1995 and as Chairman of the
Board of Directors from 1986 to 1995, when he became Chairman Emeritus. Mr.
Cook is also a member of the Board of Directors of Castle and Cooke and Ocean
Energy, Inc. Mr. Cook received BS degrees in mathematics and petroleum
engineering from Louisiana State University and holds an MBA degree from
Southern Methodist University.
 
  JACK M. SCANLON--Mr. Scanlon has been Chief Executive Officer and a director
of GCL since April 1998. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Scanlon was
President and General Manager of the Cellular Networks and Space Sector of
Motorola Inc. and had been affiliated with Motorola Inc. since 1990. Mr.
Scanlon was Chief Operating Officer of Cambridge Technology Group from 1988 to
1990 and, prior thereto, spent 24 years with AT&T Corp. and Bell Laboratories,
rising to Group Vice President at AT&T Corp. Mr. Scanlon received his BS
degree from the University of Toronto and a MS degree in electrical
engineering from Cornell University.
 
  DAVID L. LEE--Mr. Lee has been President and Chief Operating Officer and a
director of GCL since the inception of the Company in March 1997. He has also
been a managing director of PCG since 1989. Prior to joining PCG, Mr. Lee was
Group Vice President of Finance and Acquisitions at TRW Information Systems
Group. Mr. Lee is a graduate of McGill University and holds a PhD. in Physics
and Economics from the California Institute of Technology.
 
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
  BARRY PORTER--Mr. Porter is Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and
a director of GCL. Mr. Porter has been a director of the Company since 1997
and has also been a managing director of PCG since 1993. From 1986 to 1993,
Mr. Porter was affiliated with Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., rising to a senior
managing director in the investment banking department. Mr. Porter received
his JD and MBA degrees from the University of California (Berkeley) and his BA
degree from The Wharton School.
 
  ABBOTT L. BROWN--Mr. Brown is Senior Vice President, Corporate Affairs and a
director of GCL. Mr. Brown has been a director of the Company since 1997 and
has also been a managing director and Chief Financial Officer of PCG since
1994. From 1990 through 1994, Mr. Brown was Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and a member of the board of directors of Sony Pictures
Entertainment Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sony Corporation. Prior
thereto, Mr. Brown was a partner in the international accounting firm of Price
Waterhouse LLP. Mr. Brown holds a BS degree from Lehigh University and is a
Certified Public Accountant.
 
  DAN J. COHRS--Mr. Cohrs has been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of GCL since May 18, 1998. From 1993 to 1998, Mr. Cohrs was affiliated
with GTE Corporation, rising to the position of Vice President and Chief
Planning and Development Officer in 1997. From 1990 to 1993, he was at
Northwest Airlines and prior to leaving Northwest Airlines served as Vice
President of International Finance (Tokyo, Japan); from 1986 to 1990, he was
at the Marriott Corporation and served in such capacities as Vice President of
Financial Planning and Acquisitions and Vice President of Project Finance; and
from 1983 to 1986, he was a Strategy and Financial Consultant at Marakon
Associates. Mr. Cohrs received his BS degree from Michigan State University in
Engineering and his PhD degree from Cornell University in Economics, Finance
and Public Policy.
 
  K. EUGENE SHUTLER--Mr. Shutler is a Senior Vice President of GCL and is also
President of ACL. From 1996 to 1997, Mr. Shutler served as Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive Officer of Styles On Video, Inc. Prior thereto, Mr.
Shutler was Executive Vice President, General Counsel and a Director of MGM
Grand, Inc. from 1991 to 1995; a member of the Los Angeles law firm of Troy
and Gould from 1983 to 1991; and Vice President/General Counsel of Republic
Corporation, Continental Aircraft Services (Continental Airlines) and Caesars
World, Inc. Mr. Shutler holds a BA degree from the University of Pennsylvania
and an LLB degree from Yale Law School.
 
  IAN MCLEAN--Mr. McLean is Vice President of GCL and also serves as Chief
Financial Officer of ACL. Prior to joining the Company in September, 1997, Mr.
McLean was Chief Financial Officer and Systems Information Officer at Price
Waterhouse, Bermuda from 1994 to 1997; Chief Financial Officer for Horizons
Limited from 1992 to 1994; Deputy Manager, Corporate Trust at Bank of Bermuda
Limited from 1988 to 1992 and Vice President of Finance for the Baillargeon
Group from 1985 to 1988. Mr. McLean is a Canadian Chartered Accountant and
holds a Bba degree from Bishop's University and a graduate diploma in
accountancy from McGill University.
 
  HILLEL WEINBERGER--Mr. Weinberger, a director of GCL since June 1997, has
been a Senior Vice President of Loews/CNA Holdings Corp. since 1988. Prior
thereto, Mr. Weinberger was a Senior Vice President of Presidential Life from
1982 to 1988. Mr. Weinberger serves as director to News Communications Inc.
 
  JAY R. BLOOM--Mr. Bloom, a director of GCL since the Company's inception in
March 1997, is a managing director of CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. ("CIBC
Oppenheimer"), co-head of its High Yield Group and co-head of CIBC World
Markets High Yield Merchant Banking Funds. Mr. Bloom also serves on the board
of directors of Heating Oil Partners, L.P., Consolidated Advisers Limited,
L.L.C. and Morris Material Handling, Inc. Prior to joining CIBC Oppenheimer in
August 1995, Mr. Bloom was a founder and managing director of The Argosy Group
L.P. From 1984 to 1990, Mr. Bloom was a managing director in the Mergers and
Acquisitions Group of Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated. Mr. Bloom was an
investment banker associated with Lehman Brothers Kuhn Loeb Incorporated from
1982 to 1984 and, from 1981 to 1982, practiced law at Paul Weiss Rifkind
Wharton & Garrison in New York. Mr. Bloom received his BS and MBA degrees from
Cornell University and his JD degree from Columbia University School of Law.
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
  DEAN C. KEHLER--Mr. Kehler, a director of GCL since the Company's inception,
is a managing director of CIBC Oppenheimer and co-head of its High Yield
Group. In addition, he is a member of CIBC's Investment Committee and co-head
of CIBC World Markets High Yield Merchant Banking Funds. Prior to joining CIBC
Oppenheimer in 1995, Mr. Kehler was a founder and managing director of The
Argosy Group. From 1985 to 1990, Mr. Kehler was a managing director in the
Mergers and Acquisitions Group, Co-Head of Merchant Banking and a member of
the Corporate Finance Executive Committee of Drexel Burnham Lambert
Incorporated. Mr. Kehler serves on the board of directors of Booth Creek
Group, Inc., Telebanc Financial Corporation and Heating Oil Partners, L.P.
From 1979 to 1985, Mr. Kehler was an investment banker at Lehman Brothers. Mr.
Kehler received his BS degree from The Wharton School.
 
  JAY R. LEVINE--Mr. Levine, a director of GCL since the Company's inception,
is a managing director of CIBC Oppenheimer, and manages the CIBC World Markets
High Yield Merchant Banking Funds. Prior to joining CIBC Oppenheimer in May,
1997, Mr. Levine was President of PPMJ Inc., a private consulting firm, from
September 1996 to April 1997 that advised its clients on private equity
investments. From August 1990 to June 1996, Mr. Levine was a senior executive
in Morningside and Springfield Group, a private investment company. Mr. Levine
serves as a director of Aircraft Service Internal Group, Consolidated Advisers
Limited, L.L.C., Heating Oil Partners, L.P. and Talton Holdings, Inc. Mr.
Levine received a BS degree from Syracuse University, a JD degree from Tulane
University and an LLM in Taxation from New York University.
 
  WILLIAM P. PHOENIX--Mr. Phoenix, a director of GCL since its inception, is a
managing director of CIBC Oppenheimer and co-head of Credit Capital Markets.
Prior to joining CIBC Oppenheimer in 1995, Mr. Phoenix had been the Managing
Director of the Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce since 1982. Mr. Phoenix
serves as a director of the Electrolux Corporation. Mr. Phoenix received his
BA degree from the University of Western Ontario and his MBA degree from the
University of Toronto.
 
  BRUCE RABEN--Mr. Raben, a director of GCL since its inception, is a managing
director of CIBC Oppenheimer. Prior to joining CIBC Oppenheimer in January
1996, Mr. Raben was a founder, managing director and co-head of the Corporate
Finance Department of Jefferies & Co., Inc. since 1990. Mr. Raben serves as a
director of Optical Security, Inc., Terex Corporation and Equity Marketing,
Inc. Mr. Raben received his MBA degree from Columbia Business School and his
AB degree from Vassar College.
 
  MICHAEL R. STEED--Mr. Steed, a director of GCL since its inception, is
Senior Vice President of Investments for the Union Labor Life Insurance
Company, ULLICO Inc. ("ULLICO") and its Family of Companies and President of
Trust Fund Advisors, ULLICO's investment management subsidiary. Mr. Steed
joined ULLICO in November 1992 after serving seven years as President and
Founder of A.F.I.C. Group, Ltd., a financial and investment consulting firm.
From 1983 to 1985, Mr. Steed was the Executive Director of the Democratic
National Committee. He received his JD degree from Loyola University School of
Law in Los Angeles and his BA degree from Loyola Marymount University in Los
Angeles.
 
ADDITIONAL MANAGEMENT
 
  Global Crossing's management team utilizes additional executives with
extensive experience in the telecommunications industry and the undersea cable
sector, including the following individuals:
 
  WILLIAM B. CARTER, JR. is President of Global Crossing Development Co. and
the Company's Senior executive in charge of development. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Carter spent 30 years with AT&T, where he headed up the
International Facilities Planning (both cable and satellite) and served as
President and Chief Executive Officer for SSI and as Director of International
Network Operations for AT&T. During Mr. Carter's tenure, SSI had the leading
worldwide market share in the undersea cable industry, with an average market
share of 35-50%. Mr. Carter is a member of the World Telecommunications
Advisory Council to the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) and
Senior Advisory Council to the U.S. government on communications and economic
development. Mr. Carter received a BEE degree from Georgia Institute of
Technology and has completed the advanced program for senior managers at MIT's
Sloan School.
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
  S. WALLACE DAWSON, JR., Senior Vice President of Operations of Global
Crossing Development Co., worked at SSI for 29 years, where he had overall
delivery responsibility for the implementation of all submarine cable
projects. Prior thereto, he held various positions at AT&T, where his work
centered on specialized equipment design for military and commercial undersea
cable systems and development of various network services. Mr. Dawson holds a
BEE degree from the University of Virginia, and an MSEE degree from Duke
University. He also completed the Advanced Management Program at INSEAD,
Fountainbleu, France.
 
  HAROLD D. GROSSNICKLE, Managing Director of Global Crossing Development Co.,
is responsible for directing the operations, administration and maintenance of
the Global Crossing Network. Mr. Grossnickle has 28 years of experience in the
telecommunications industry, including over 24 years at AT&T and AT&T
Paradyne, where he served as a vice president of network management systems
and services. Mr. Grossnickle received his BS from Iowa State University and
his MBA from the University of Missouri.
 
  PATRICK JOGGERST is Vice President of Global Sales & Marketing of Global
Crossing International Ltd. and the Company's Senior executive in charge of
sales. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Joggerst served as Managing Director
for the Americas Region at TSSL. His 17-year tenure at AT&T included positions
with several departments, including international services operations,
organizational development/human resources, and communications products and
service sales. Mr. Joggerst graduated from Georgetown University's School of
Foreign Service.
 
  WILLIAM T. RICHARDS is Vice President of Operations of ACL. Mr. Richards was
employed at British Telecommunications for seven years, most recently as
Manager of Subsea Projects & Consultancies, and served as Independent Engineer
on the FLAG system. Prior to his position at British Telecommunications, he
served as Business Development Manager at Dowty Magnetics. Mr. Richards
received his BFc (Hons.) degree from City University of London.
 
  LISA DADOURIS, Director of Business Development of Global Crossing
Development Co., spent 12 years at AT&T and Lucent Technologies, where she
held a number of positions in business development, marketing and finance,
including Chief Financial Officer for Local Service in the northeast United
States and Director of Manufacturing Planning for Lucent. Ms. Dadouris
graduated from Wake Forest University with a BS in business, and received her
MBA in accounting from Fuqua School of Business at Duke University.
 
  MOOL SINGHI is Director of Network Planning of Global Crossing Development
Co. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Singhi served as the Director of Market
Planning at TSSL. Mr. Singhi spent 27 years at AT&T, where he held various key
positions in manufacturing, finance, engineering, operations and international
network planning. Mr. Singhi received a bachelor's degree in mechanical
engineering and a master's degree in operations research and industrial
engineering from the University of Buffalo.
 
  CHARLES D. HOGAN, Director of Operations of Asia Systems of Global Crossing
Development Co., spent 42 years at AT&T, serving as Regional Managing
Developer of AT&T's General Departments. Immediately prior to joining the
Company, Mr Hogan was based in Hong Kong where he was responsible for the
planning of international digital lightwave undersea cables for AT&T in the
Asia/Pacific region, including the planned China-United States cable system.
 
  JOHN MERCOGLIANO, Vice President of Sales and Marketing of Global Crossing
International Ltd., has over 19 years of experience in the telecommunications
industry. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Mercogliano was employed as Vice
President-Europe of Bell Atlantic Network Systems (Bermuda) Ltd., where he was
responsible for developing strategies and directing sales and marketing
opportunities in the FLAG European region. Mr. Mercogliano received his B.A.
degree from New York University and his M.B.A. from Pace University.
 
COMPENSATION
 
  Total compensation paid or accrued to the executive officers of GCL and its
consolidated subsidiaries as a group during the fiscal year ended December 31,
1997 was $155,409. Directors of GCL and its consolidated subsidiaries do not
receive compensation, except as officers or employees of GCL or its
consolidated subsidiaries.
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS
 
  The 1998 Global Crossing Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan (the "Stock Incentive
Plan") provides that, upon a "change in control," certain of the awards
granted under the Stock Incentive Plan will vest immediately. A "change in
control" is defined under the Stock Incentive Plan as the occurrence of any of
the following: (i) any Person (other than a Person holding securities
representing 10% or more of the combined voting power of GCL's outstanding
securities as of      , 1998, GCL, any trustee or other fiduciary holding
securities under an employee benefit plan of GCL, or any company owned,
directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of GCL in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership of stock of GCL) becomes the beneficial owner
(as defined under Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of GCL (a)
in excess of the interest held by the existing shareholders of GCL as of
 , 1998 and (b) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of GCL's
then outstanding securities; (ii) during any period of 24 months, individuals
who at the beginning of such period constitute the board of directors and any
new director (other than those directors who meet certain exceptions specified
in the Stock Option Plan) whose election was approved in advance by a vote of
at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office, cease for any
reason to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors; (iii) the
shareholders of GCL approve any transaction under which GCL is merged or
consolidated with any other company, other than a merger or consolidation
which would result in shareholders of GCL immediately prior thereto continuing
to own more than 65% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of
GCL or such surviving entity; or (iv) the shareholders of GCL approve a plan
of complete liquidation of the company or an agreement for the sale or
disposition by GCL of all or substantially all of GCL's assets, other than the
liquidation of GCL into a wholly-owned subsidiary.
 
  GCL has entered into an employment agreement, dated as of April 1, 1998,
with Mr. Jack Scanlon, providing for Mr. Scanlon's employment as GCL's Chief
Executive Officer for a term of two years and continuing thereafter for
successive two-year terms unless either GCL or Mr. Scanlon provides at least
three months' notice in advance of the expiration of the current term. In
connection with such agreement, Mr. Scanlon was issued an option to purchase a
total of 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per
share. Such options vest in 25% increments upon the first day of employment
and at the end of each of the first three years of Mr. Scanlon's employment
with GCL. Upon a "change of control", as defined in the Stock Incentive Plan,
or any other "non-fault" termination as defined in Mr. Scanlon's employment
agreement, vesting of all of such options shall immediately occur and Mr.
Scanlon shall be entitled to terminate the agreement and receive a lump sum
payment equal to the sum of two times Mr. Scanlon's then annual base salary
and bonus. In the event that certain liquidity conditions are not satisfied,
Mr. Scanlon shall have the right after three years of the commencement of
employment to require GCL to purchase up to 300,000 shares of Common Stock
held by him for a fixed purchase price.
 
GCL COMMITTEES
 
  Audit Committee. The purpose of the Audit Committee is to: (i) make
recommendations concerning the engagement of independent public accountants;
(ii) review with GCL management and the independent public accountants the
plans for, and scope of, the audit procedures to be utilized and results of
audits; (iii) approve the professional services provided by the independent
public accountants; (iv) review the adequacy and effectiveness of GCL's
internal accounting controls; (v) review GCL's insurance program; and (vi)
perform any other duties and functions required by any organization under
which GCL's securities may be listed. Messrs. Kehler, Weinberger and Brown are
the current members of the Audit Committee. Following the Offerings, GCL will
reconstitute the Audit Committee so that it will be comprised of three members
of GCL's Board of Directors, at least two of which will be independent
directors.
 
  Compensation Committee. The purpose of the Compensation Committee is to
establish and submit to the Board of Directors of GCL recommendations with
respect to (i) compensation of officers and other key employees of GCL and
(ii) awards to be made under the Stock Incentive Plan. Messrs. Cook, Steed and
Levine are the current members of the Compensation Committee.
 
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
  The following table and the accompanying footnotes set forth, as of May 18,
1998, certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the common
stock of GCL ("Common Stock") by (i) each person or entity who is known to GCL
to own beneficially five percent or more of GCL's voting Common Stock, (ii)
each of GCL's directors and executive officers and (iii) all directors and
executive officers of GCL as a group. To the knowledge of GCL, each such
stockholder has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares
shown, unless otherwise noted. For a summary of the principal terms of the
Common Stock, see "Description of Capital Stock."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                      OF COMMON STOCK
                                              --------------------------------
              BENEFICIAL OWNER                                 PERCENTAGE
              ----------------                  NUMBER    --------------------
                                                  OF      PRIOR TO    AFTER
                                               SHARES(1)  OFFERINGS OFFERINGS
                                              ----------- --------- ----------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>       <C>
CIBC Wood Gundy Capital (SFC) Inc. ..........  39,895,600  35.72%
 161 Bay Street, 8th Floor--BCE Place
 P.P. Box 500
 M5J258
 Toronto, Canada
Pacific Capital Group, Inc.(2) ..............  25,034,342  22.41%
 150 El Camino Drive, Suite 204
 Beverly Hills, California 90212
MRCo, Inc. ..................................  11,048,346   9.89%
 111 Massachusetts Avenue NW
 Washington, DC 20001
Telecommunications Development Corporation...   7,538,904   6.75%
 150 El Camino Drive, Suite 204
 Beverly Hills, California 90212
Continental Casualty Company(3)..............   6,220,600   5.57%
 CNA Plaza, Floor 23 South
 Chicago, Illinois 60685
Gary Winnick(4)..............................  32,773,246  29.34%
Lodwrick M. Cook(5)..........................     300,000      *
Jack M. Scanlon(6)...........................     300,000      *
Dan J. Cohrs.................................           0      *
David L. Lee(5)(7)(8)........................  11,110,230   9.95%
Abbott L. Brown(5)(8)(9)(10).................   2,552,112   2.29%
Barry Porter(5)(8)(11).......................   4,249,867   3.81%
K. Eugene Shutler(10)........................      99,312      *
Hillel Weinberger(12)(13)....................   6,230,600   5.58%
Jay R. Bloom(13)(14).........................  39,905,600  35.73%
Dean C. Kehler(13)(14).......................  39,905,600  35.73%
Jay R. Levine(13)(14)........................  39,905,600  35.73%
William P. Phoenix(13)(14)...................  39,905,600  35.73%
Bruce Raben(13)(14)..........................  39,905,600  35.73%
Michael R. Steed(13)(15).....................  11,058,346   9.90%
All Directors and Executive Officers as a
 Group....................................... 101,080,409  90.50%
</TABLE>
- --------
  * Percentage of shares beneficially owned does not exceed one percent.
 
 (1) As of May 18, 1998, after giving effect to the liquidation of Old GCL and
     the distribution of shares of Common Stock therefrom, 110,819,100 shares
     of Common Stock would have been issued and outstanding. An additional
     870,000 shares of Common Stock would have been issuable upon the exercise
     of options within 60 days of May 18, 1998.
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
 (2) Includes 25,024,342 shares of Common Stock which in May 1998 were
     transferred to GKW Unified Holdings, LLC, a company formed for the
     benefit of Gary Winnick and members of his family that is managed by PCG.
 
 (3) Includes 5,598,500 shares of Common Stock owned by Continental Casualty
     Corporation and 622,100 shares of Common Stock held by Continental
     Casualty Corp. Designated High Yield, for which Continental Casualty
     Corporation holds sole voting and investment power.
 
 (4) Includes all shares of Common Stock owned by Telecommunications
     Development Corporation, of which Mr. Winnick is a Director, all shares
     of Common Stock owned by GKW Unified Holdings, LLC, of which PCG is
     manager, and all shares of Common Stock owned by PCG, of which Mr.
     Winnick is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Includes 200,000 shares
     of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options within 60 days of
     May 18, 1998.
 
 (5) Does not include shares of Common Stock owned by PCG. Messrs. Cook, Lee,
     Brown and Porter are affiliated with PCG but disclaim beneficial
     ownership of such shares.
 
 (6) Includes 300,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
     options within 60 days of May 18, 1998.
 
 (7) Includes all shares of Common Stock owned by Telecommunications
     Development Corporation, of which Mr. Lee is Chairman, and all shares of
     Common Stock owned by San Pasqual Corp., of which Mr. Lee is the sole
     shareholder.
 
 (8) Includes 100,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
     options within 60 days of May 18, 1998.
 
 (9) Includes all 2,427,283 shares of Common Stock owned by Ridgestone Corp.,
     of which Mr. Brown's family and a related trust are the sole
     shareholders. Does not include shares of Common Stock owned by
     Telecommunications Development Corporation, of which Ridgestone Corp. is
     a shareholder.
 
(10) After giving effect to the liquidation of PCG Telecom LDC, which is
     managed by Ridgestone Corp. and of which Mr. Brown and Mr. Shutler are
     shareholders, and the distribution therefrom of 24,829 shares to Mr.
     Brown and 99,312 shares to Mr. Shutler.
 
(11) Includes all 4,149,867 shares of Common Stock owned by Galenight Corp.,
     of which Mr. Porter is the sole shareholder. Does not include shares of
     Common Stock owned by Telecommunications Development Corporation, of
     which Mr. Porter is a shareholder.
 
(12) Includes all shares of Common Stock owned by Continental Casualty
     Company, an affiliate of Loews/CNA Holdings Corp., of which Mr.
     Weinberger is an officer.
 
(13) Includes 10,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
     options within 60 days of May 18, 1998.
 
(14) Includes all shares of Common Stock owned by CIBC Wood Gundy Capital
     (SFC) Inc. Messrs. Bloom, Kehler, Levine, Phoenix and Raben are all
     affiliated with CIBC Oppenheimer Corp., an affiliate of CIBC Wood Gundy
     Capital (SFC) Inc.
 
(15) Includes all shares of Common Stock owned by MRCo, Inc. Mr. Steed is the
     Senior Vice President of ULLICO and the President of MRCo, Inc., which is
     a wholly-owned subsidiary of ULLICO.
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
GENERAL
 
  The Company has entered into certain transactions described below with
entities affiliated with the Company, its officers and directors.
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH PACIFIC CAPITAL GROUP (PCG) AND ITS AFFILIATES
 
  PCG and its affiliates, including PCG Telecom Services LLC ("PCG Telecom")
and Ocean Systems International LLC ("OSI"), have entered into certain
transactions with the Company described below in connection with the
development by PCG and its affiliates of several of Global Crossing's systems,
including AC-1, PC-1, PAC and MAC, and the decision by the Board of Directors
of GCL to assume the ongoing development of systems (other than AC-1) from
OSI. PCG and its affiliates are controlled by Mr. Gary Winnick, the Co-
Chairman of the Board of Directors of GCL, and certain other officers and
directors of GCL are affiliated with PCG, including Messrs. Cook, Lee, Porter
and Brown. See "Management" and "Principal Stockholders."
 
  Advisory Services Agreements. ACL has entered into an Advisory Services
Agreement, dated as of March 25, 1997 (as amended, the "AC-1 Advisory
Agreement"), with PCG Telecom with respect to AC-1, under which PCG Telecom is
entitled to an advisory fee of 2.0% of the gross revenues of ACL. The Board of
Directors of GCL has agreed that each other direct subsidiary of GCL shall
from time to time enter into, or cause each of its subsidiaries to enter into,
similar Advisory Services Agreements (together with the AC-1 Advisory
Agreement, the "Advisory Services Agreements") with PCG Telecom, providing for
an advisory services fee of 2% of such subsidiary's gross revenues (not double
counting any portion of intercompany revenues on which the advisory services
fee has already been calculated). The aggregate amount of all advisory fees
payable under the Advisory Services Agreements shall be reduced by the amount,
if any, by which principals of PCG receive cash compensation (as opposed to
reimbursement of expenses) from the Company other than cash compensation paid
to such principals in their capacities as officers or directors of the Company
as approved by the Board of Directors. In addition, until the earlier of (i)
the date GCL has a public equity market value in excess of $1.5 billion and
(ii) March 25, 2002 (such earlier date, the "Deferred Fee Payment Date"), the
aggregate cumulative amount of the fees paid under the Advisory Services
Agreements in respect of the calendar years prior to and including each
calendar year set forth below shall not exceed the amounts set forth below,
with any excess being deferred and paid (together with interest thereon at a
rate per annum equal to LIBOR) on the Deferred Fee Payment Date: 1998--$10
million; 1999--$20 million; 2000--$30 million; and 2001--$40 million. Certain
other affiliates of the Company, including CIBC, ULLICO, PCG (and/or their
respective affiliates) and certain individuals affiliated with PCG, have
rights in certain amounts received by PCG Telecom under the Advisory Services
Agreements.
 
  PCG Warrants. Old GCL and PCG entered into a warrant agreement, dated as of
January 21, 1998 (the "PCG Warrant Agreement"), pursuant to which Old GCL
issued PCG three separate warrants (collectively, the "PCG Warrants")
permitting PCG to purchase (i) 6,151,061 of Old GCL's Class B Shares for an
aggregate purchase price of $50,000,000; (ii) an additional 3,075,531 of Old
GCL's Class B Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $31,250,000; and (iii)
an additional 3,075,531 of Old GCL's Class B Shares for an aggregate purchase
price of $37,500,000. Such PCG Warrants would entitle PCG to acquire an
additional 10% of the capital stock of GCL (as of the date of issuance of the
PCG Warrants), with the exercise price of each PCG Warrant based upon a
different market valuation of the Company. The exercise of each of the PCG
Warrants is conditioned upon (i) an initial public offering of shares of Old
GCL (or any successor thereto), underwritten by an investment banking firm of
national reputation (as determined by a majority of the Board of Directors of
Old GCL) from which Old GCL shall have received at least $50,000,000 in net
proceeds, (ii) the investment by Old GCL in the aggregate of at least
$500,000,000 of Net Attributable Capital (as defined below) in cable systems
other than AC-1 and (iii) the generation in the aggregate by cable systems
other than AC-1 of at least $100,000,000 in Net Attributable Revenues (as
defined below). For purposes of the PCG Warrant Agreement, with respect to any
cable system, (i) "Net Attributable Capital" means the aggregate debt and
equity
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
capitalization of such system multiplied by the percentage ownership of Old
GCL (directly or indirectly) in such system, and (ii) "Net Attributable
Revenues" means the net revenues of such system multiplied by the percentage
ownership interest of Old GCL (directly or indirectly) in such system. Certain
other affiliates of the Company, including certain individuals affiliated with
PCG, have rights in certain amounts received by PCG under the PCG Warrant
Agreement.
 
  Advance Agreements. GCL has entered into an Advance Agreement, dated as of
March 24, 1998 (the "AC-1 Advance Agreement"), with PCG Telecom, pursuant to
which GCL has agreed to make advances to PCG Telecom within three days of a
written request from PCG in respect of fees which will become owing to PCG
Telecom under the AC-1 Advisory Agreement in an amount not to exceed 1% of the
amounts payable under long-form capacity purchase agreements executed by ACL.
As security for the obligation of PCG Telecom to repay such advances, PCG
Telecom has granted a security interest to GCL in its rights to receive
payments under the AC-1 Advisory Agreement.
 
  The Company also intends to enter into agreements (collectively, the
"Advance Agreements") with PCG and/or its subsidiaries to advance to PCG
and/or its subsidiaries an amount equal to 1.0% of the purchase price payable
under signed capacity purchase agreements in respect of other Global Crossing
cable systems, such advance to be secured by a pledge of the fees payable
under the applicable Advisory Services Agreements. Such advances shall be
repayable from PCG's interest in such fees.
 
  Assignment Fees. As part of the consideration for the assumption by the
Company of the rights of OSI to the ongoing development of cable systems, in
March 1998 the Company paid PCG $6.5 million for costs incurred by PCG to such
date in connection with such development.
 
  Arrangement Fees. Additionally, during 1997, $7,250,000 in fees were paid to
PCG and certain of its key executives, who are shareholders of GCL, and
another shareholder of GCL for services provided in respect of arranging the
AC-1 Credit Facility, the GTH Senior Notes and GTH Preference Shares.
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH CIBC AND ITS AFFILIATES
 
  CIBC and its affiliates have entered into certain financing transactions
with the Company in connection with the development and construction of the
Company's systems: (i) CIBC was the arranger and initial lender under the $200
million Global Crossing Bridge Facility and retains a portion of the remaining
commitments thereunder; (ii) CIBC is one of the lead agents under the $482
million AC-1 Credit Facility, (iii) CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corp., an
affiliate of CIBC, acted as exclusive placement agent for the issuance by GTH
of its $100 million outstanding GTH Preference Shares and the issuance by GTH
of its $150 million outstanding GTH Senior Note; (iv) CIBC Oppenheimer Corp.
was an Initial Purchaser in connection with the issuance by GCH of its $800
million GCH Senior Notes; (v) CIBC and other banks entered into a commitment
letter with the Company, effective May 11, 1998, for the $850 million non-
recourse project debt financing of PC-1; and (vi) CIBC and other lenders
issued a $50.5 million loan to Pacific Crossing Ltd., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company, to make the initial payment with respect to the
financing of PC-1. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness." During 1997, the
Company paid CIBC approximately $25 million in fees in connection with these
transactions. CIBC is a substantial shareholder in GCL and certain members of
the Board of Directors of the GCL are affiliated with CIBC, including Messrs.
Bloom, Kehler, Phoenix, Raben and Levine. See "Management" and "Principal
Stockholders."
 
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
  The following summary description of the capital stock of the Company does
not purport to be complete and is subject to the provisions of the constituent
documents of GCL and each of its subsidiaries.
 
LIQUIDATION OF OLD GCL
 
  As of the date hereof, all 1,200,000 shares of common stock of GCL are held
by Global Crossing Ltd., LDC, a Cayman Islands company ("Old GCL"). Prior to
the Offerings, Old GCL will be liquidated and the shareholders thereof will
receive shares of Common Stock of GCL. In certain instances, shareholders of
Old GCL will receive in the liquidation warrants ("GCL Warrants") to purchase
shares of Common Stock of GCL at an exercise price equal to the market
valuation of the Common Stock at the time of liquidation.
 
GCL
 
  General. Pursuant to its Memorandum of Association, the authorized share
capital of GCL is $12,000, divided into 1,200,000 shares of par value $.01
each. As of the date hereof, all of such shares were issued and outstanding
and held by Old GCL. Prior to the Offerings, GCL will amend and restate its
Memorandum of Association to increase its authorized share capital to consist
of     shares of Common Stock. The form of Amended and Restated Memorandum of
Association is an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part.
 
  Voting. Holders of Common Stock will be treated equally with respect to
voting rights.
 
  Distributions. Holders of Common Stock will be treated equally with respect
to all distributions to shareholders of GCL.
 
GCL STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
 
  Prior to the Offerings, each of the existing holders of Common Stock of GCL
will enter into a stockholders agreement (the "GCL Stockholders Agreement"),
which will provide for, among other things, (i) certain restrictions on
transfer of Common Stock, (ii) tag-along rights for holders of Common Stock
with respect to sales of other shares of Common Stock, (iii) composition of
the Board of Directors of GCL and (iv) certain demand and "piggy back"
registration rights with respect to unregistered shares of Common Stock. The
form of GCL Stockholders Agreement is an exhibit to the Registration Statement
of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
CAPITAL STOCK OF SUBSIDIARIES
 
  GCL owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the capital stock of each of its
subsidiaries, except for the PC-1 joint venture entity, in which it will have
at least a 50% ownership interest. See "Business--Pacific Crossing."
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR FOR COMMON STOCK
 
  The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is
                                .
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
  Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. Sales of a substantial amount of Common Stock in the public market, or
the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market
price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time in the public market
and could impair the Company's ability to raise additional capital through the
sale of its equity securities in the future.
 
  Upon completion of the Offerings, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment
options granted to the Underwriters, the Company will have             shares
of Common Stock outstanding, including
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
Shares of Common Stock offered hereby and            restricted shares of
Common Stock. The restricted shares of Common Stock generally will be eligible
for sale under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning in              .
 
  The Shares offered hereby will be freely tradable without restriction or
further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than affiliates
of the Company within the meaning of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities
Act. The holders of restricted shares generally will be entitled to sell these
shares in the public securities market without registration under the
Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144 (or Rule 145, as
applicable) promulgated under the Securities Act or any exemption under the
Securities Act.
 
  In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if one year has elapsed
since the later of the date of acquisition of restricted shares from the
Company or any affiliate of the Company, as that term is defined under the
Securities Act, the holder is entitled to sell within any three-month period a
number of shares of Common Stock that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the
then-outstanding shares of Common Stock or the average weekly trading volume
of shares of Common Stock on all exchanges and reported through the automated
quotation system of a registered securities association during the four
calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with
the Commission. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain restrictions
on the manner of sales, notice requirements and the availability for current
public information about the Company. If two years have elapsed since the date
of acquisition of restricted shares from the Company or from any affiliate of
the Company, and the holder thereof is deemed not to have been an affiliate of
the Company at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, such person would
be entitled to sell such Common Stock in the public market under Rule 144(k)
without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public
information requirements or notice requirements.
 
  The Company intends to file a registration statement under the Securities
Act to register shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Stock
Incentive Plan, thus permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates
upon issuance in the public market without restriction under the Securities
Act. Such registration statement will automatically become effective
immediately upon filing.
 
  Subject to certain exceptions, the Company and certain shareholders,
directors and officers of the Company have agreed not to offer, sell, contract
to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or announce the
offering of any shares of Common Stock, including any such shares beneficially
or indirectly owned or controlled by the Company, or any securities
convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of Common Stock
for      days from the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written
consent of Smith Barney Inc.
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
                      DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
 
GCH SENIOR NOTES
 
  On May 18, 1998, GCH, the direct wholly-owned subsidiary of the Issuer,
issued and sold the GCH Senior Notes in the aggregate principal amount of
$800.0 million to a group of institutional investors in a private transaction
not subject to the registration requirements under the Securities Act. The GCH
Senior Notes are guaranteed by the Issuer and certain subsidiaries of GCH. The
Indenture for the GCH Senior Notes contains certain covenants that, among
other things, limit the ability of GCH and certain of its subsidiaries (the
"Restricted Subsidiaries") to incur additional indebtedness and issue
preferred stock, pay dividends or make other distributions, repurchase capital
stock or subordinated indebtedness, create certain liens, enter into certain
transactions with affiliates, sell assets of GCH or its Restricted
Subsidiaries, issue or sell capital stock of GCH's Restricted Subsidiaries or
enter into certain mergers and consolidations. In addition, under certain
limited circumstances, GCH will be required to offer to purchase the GCH
Senior Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, with the excess proceeds
of certain asset sales. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the
Indenture), holders of the GCH Senior Notes will have the right to require GCH
to purchase all of their GCH Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of the
aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest. The
Indenture relating to the GCH Senior Notes is an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
  The Company entered into a Registration Agreement dated May 18, 1998 (the
"Registration Agreement") with the initial purchasers of the GCH Senior Notes
(the "Initial Purchasers") for the benefit of the holders of the GCH Senior
Notes. Pursuant to the Registration Agreement, GCH agreed, for the benefit of
the holders, that it will, at its cost, (a) file a registration statement (the
"Exchange Offer Registration Statement") with the Commission with respect to a
registered offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange the GCH Senior Notes for a
series of notes (the "New Notes") with terms identical in all material
respects to the GCH Senior Notes (except that the New Notes will not contain
terms with respect to registration rights or transfer restrictions) or (b) in
lieu of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, file a shelf registration
statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement") with respect to registration of
resales of the GCH Senior Notes. If (i) the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement has not been filed with the Commission within 90 days after May 18,
1998 (the "Closing Date") or declared effective within 150 days after the
Closing Date, or the Exchange Offer has not been consummated within 180 days
after the Closing Date or (ii) in lieu thereof, the Shelf Registration
Statement has not been filed with the Commission on or prior to 30 days after
such filing obligation arises or declared effective within 90 days after such
obligation arises or (iii) after either the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, as
the case may be, it thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject to
certain exceptions) in connection with resales of GCH Senior Notes or New
Notes in accordance with and during the periods specified in the Registration
Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii), a
"Registration Default"), additional interest ("Special Interest") will accrue
on the GCH Senior Notes and the New Notes (in addition to the stated interest
on the GCH Senior Notes and the New Notes) from and including the date on
which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on
which all Registration Defaults have been cured. Special Interest will accrue
and be payable semiannually at a rate of 0.50% per annum during the 90-day
period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and
shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period,
but in no event shall such rates exceed 1.00% per annum in the aggregate
regardless of the number of Registration Defaults. The Registration Agreement
relating to the GCH Senior Notes is an exhibit to the Registration Statement
of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
AC-1 CREDIT FACILITY
 
  ACL is the borrower under the $482.0 million senior secured AC-1 Credit
Facility, comprised of a $472.0 million term loan facility and a $10.0 million
working capital facility, with certain commercial lending institutions and
CIBC and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch as lead agents for the lenders. The
AC-1 Credit
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
Facility is secured by pledges of the stock of ACL and its subsidiaries (and
other entities holding landing licenses or AC-1 assets) and security interests
in the assets and revenues of ACL and its subsidiaries and is being used to
provide financing for a portion of AC-1. A portion of the AC-1 Credit Facility
is available only to pay interest on the loans prior to the AC-1 RFS date, and
a portion is available to issue letters of credit to the contractor of AC-1.
The loans under the AC-1 Credit Facility will amortize in eight semi-annual
installments, commencing on the first initial principal payment date (which
shall be May 31 or November 30) to occur more than two months after the
commercial operation date (anticipated to occur in February 1999), with 15% of
the principal amount to be amortized in the first year, 25% in the second
year, 30% in the third year and 30% in the fourth year. Borrowings bear
interest at an adjustable rate based on the adjusted base rate or LIBOR plus
an applicable margin. The facility also requires mandatory prepayments to be
made from, among other things, 50% of excess cash flow, 50% of net cash
proceeds of any equity offering of ACL and 100% of net cash proceeds of any
permitted debt offerings of ACL or its immediate parent, permitted asset sales
or insurance proceeds. As of March 31, 1998, a total of $305.5 million in
indebtedness (to which the Notes would be effectively subordinated) was
outstanding under the AC-1 Credit Facility.
 
  The AC-1 Credit Facility contains covenants that, among other things,
restrict ACL's use of the term loan proceeds to the financing of AC-1 and the
payment of fees and expenses directly thereto and the use of the working
capital facility proceeds to AC-1 costs and for working capital purposes and
limit ACL's ability to make certain dividends, distributions or investments
and mergers. The facility generally only permits dividends or distributions
with respect to a portion of ACL's excess cash flow, but severely restricts
the payment of other dividends or distributions to GCL. The AC-1 Credit
Facility contains certain financial covenants relating to minimum sales of
capacity on AC-1 and ratio of EBITDA to interest expense, the failure to
comply with which would cause all excess cash flow to be applied to the
lenders under the AC-1 Credit Facility for such period. The AC-1 Credit
Facility contains certain events of default including, among other things,
failure to pay amounts when due, failure to comply with covenants and
insolvency. An event of default shall also occur upon the occurrence of
certain failures in connection with AC-1. Upon the occurrence of an event of
default, the AC-1 Credit Facility permits the lenders to declare all
outstanding borrowings to be immediately due and payable and to proceed
against the collateral. In addition, the AC-1 Credit Facility prescribes the
order by which proceeds from the sale of AC-1 capacity shall be applied, both
prior to and after the commencement of commercial operations, and requires ACL
to maintain certain reserve accounts. As a result of the foregoing, the
ability of ACL to use and distribute revenue is severely restricted so long as
the AC-1 Credit Facility remains in existence.
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
                              TAX CONSIDERATIONS
TAXATION OF THE COMPANY
 
  The Company believes that a significant portion of its income will not be
subject to tax in Bermuda, which currently has no corporate income tax, or
other countries in which the Issuer or its affiliates conduct activities or in
which customers of the Company are located, including the United States.
However, this belief is based upon the anticipated nature and conduct of the
business of the Company, which may change, and upon the Company's
understanding of its position under the tax laws of the various countries in
which the Company has assets or conducts activities, which position is subject
to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes
in law (which may have retroactive effect). The extent to which certain taxing
jurisdictions may require the Company to pay tax or to make payments in lieu
of tax cannot be determined in advance. In addition, the operations of and
payments due to the Company may be affected by changes in taxation, including
retroactive tax claims or assessments of withholding on amounts payable to the
Company or other taxes assessed at the source, in excess of the taxation
anticipated by the Company based on business contacts and practices of the
Company and the current tax regimes. There can be no assurance that these
factors will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
 United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
 
  The Issuer and its non-United States subsidiaries will be subject to United
States federal income tax at regular corporate rates (and to United States
branch profits tax) on their income that is effectively connected with the
conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and will be required
to file federal income tax returns reflecting that income. The Company intends
to conduct its operations so as to minimize the amount of its effectively
connected income. However, no assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue
Service (the "IRS") will agree with the positions taken by the Company in this
regard. Moreover, the United States subsidiaries of the Issuer will be subject
to United States federal income tax on their worldwide income regardless of
its source (subject to reduction by allowable foreign tax credits), and
distributions by such United States subsidiaries to the Issuer or its foreign
subsidiaries generally will be subject to United States withholding.
 
 Bermuda Tax Considerations
 
  Under current Bermuda law, the Company is not subject to tax on income or
capital gains. Furthermore, the Company has obtained from the Minister of
Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 (as
amended), an undertaking that, in the event that Bermuda enacts any
legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain
or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax,
then the imposition of such tax will not be applicable to the Company or to
any of its operations, or the shares, capital or Common Stock of the Company,
until March 28, 2016. This undertaking does not, however, prevent the
imposition of property taxes on any company owning real property or leasehold
interests in Bermuda.
 
TAXATION OF STOCKHOLDERS
 
 Bermuda Tax Considerations
 
  Under current Bermuda law, no income, withholding or other taxes or stamp or
other duties are imposed upon the issue, transfer or sale of the Common Stock
or on any payments thereunder. See "Taxation of the Company--Bermuda Tax
Considerations" for a description of the undertaking on taxes obtained by the
Company from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda.
 
 United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
 
  The following is a summary of certain material United States federal income
tax considerations that apply to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of
Common Stock by United States Holders (as defined below) as
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
of the date hereof. This summary deals only with Common Stock that is held as
a capital asset by a United States Holder, and does not address tax
considerations applicable to United States Holders that may be subject to
special tax rules, such as dealers or traders in securities, financial
institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, United States Holders
that hold Common Stock as part of a straddle, conversion transaction,
constructive sale or other arrangement involving more than one position,
United States Holders that own (or are deemed for United States tax purposes
to own under certain attribution or constructive ownership rules) 10% or more
of the voting stock of the Issuer ("10% stockholders"), United States Holders
that have a principal place of business or "tax home" outside the United
States or United States Holders whose functional currency is not the United
States dollar. In addition, the summary generally does not address the tax
consequences to 10% Shareholders (as defined below). 10% Shareholders are
advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax considerations
incident to an investment in Common Stock.
 
  The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and
regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof;
any such authority may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps with
retroactive effect, so as to result in United States federal income tax
consequences different from those discussed below.
 
  THE DISCUSSION SET OUT BELOW IS INTENDED ONLY AS A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN UNITED
STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE
APPLICATION TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS OF THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS DISCUSSED
BELOW, AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER FEDERAL
TAX LAWS. THE STATEMENTS OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW SET OUT BELOW
ARE BASED ON THE LAWS IN FORCE AND INTERPRETATIONS THEREOF AS OF THE DATE OF
THIS PROSPECTUS, AND ARE SUBJECT TO ANY CHANGES OCCURRING AFTER THAT DATE.
 
  As used herein, a "United States Holder" of Common Stock means a holder that
is (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation or
partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or
any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is
subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source or
(iv) a trust which is subject to the supervision of a court within the United
States and the control of a United States person as described in section
7701(a)(30) of the Code.
 
 Taxation of Dividends
 
  The gross amount of dividends paid to United States Holders of Common Stock
will be treated as dividend income to such United States Holders, to the
extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined
under United States federal income tax principles. Such income will be
includible in the gross income of a United States Holder as ordinary income on
the day received by the United States Holder. Such dividends will not be
eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations under
the Code. Subject to the PFIC rules described below, to the extent that the
amount of any distribution exceeds the Issuer's current and accumulated
earnings and profits for a taxable year, the distribution will first be
treated as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the adjusted
basis of the Common Stock (thereby increasing the amount of gain, or
decreasing the amount of loss, to be recognized by the United States Holder on
a subsequent disposition of the Common Stock), and the balance in excess of
adjusted basis will be taxed as capital gain. The Issuer does not anticipate
paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."
 
  For so long as the Issuer is a "United States-owned foreign corporation,"
distributions with respect to the Common Stock that are taxable as dividends
generally will be treated for United States foreign tax credit purposes as
either (i) foreign source "passive income" (or, in the case of certain United
States Holders, foreign source "financial services income") or (ii) United
States source income, in proportion to the earnings and profits of the Issuer
in the year of such distribution allocable to foreign and United States
sources, respectively. For this
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
purpose, the Issuer will be treated as a United States-owned foreign
corporation so long as stock representing 50% or more of the voting power or
value of the Issuer is owned, directly or indirectly, by United States
Holders.
 
 Taxation of Capital Gains
 
  For United States federal income tax purposes, a United States Holder will
recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale or exchange of Common Stock in an
amount equal to the difference between the amount realized for the Common
Stock and the United States Holder's adjusted basis in the Common Stock.
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, such gain or loss will be capital
gain or loss. Capital gain of individuals derived with respect to capital
assets held for more than one year is eligible for reduced rates of taxation
depending upon the holding period of such capital assets. The deductibility of
capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain recognized by a United
States Holder generally will be treated as United States source income. It is
presently unclear whether any loss realized by a United States Holder will be
treated as United States or foreign source.
 
 Passive Foreign Investment Company
 
  The Issuer believes that it is not a PFIC and does not expect to become a
PFIC in the future for United States federal income tax purposes, although
there can be no assurance in this regard. This conclusion is a factual
determination made annually and thus is subject to change. In addition, it is
based, in part, on interpretations of existing law that the Issuer believes
are reasonable, but which have not been approved by any taxing authority.
 
  In general, the Issuer will be a PFIC with respect to a United States Holder
if, for any taxable year in which the United States Holder held Common Stock,
either (i) at least 75% of the gross income of the Issuer for the taxable year
is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value (determined on the basis
of a quarterly average) of the Issuer's assets is attributable to assets that
produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose,
passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents (other
than rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business
and not derived from a related person), annuities and gains from assets that
produce passive income. If the Issuer owns (directly or indirectly) at least
25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the Issuer will be treated
for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets
of the other corporation, and as receiving directly its proportionate share of
the other corporation's income. If the Issuer is classified as a PFIC in any
year with respect to which a United States person is a shareholder, the Issuer
generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such
shareholder in all succeeding years, regardless of whether it continues to
meet the income or asset test described above, subject to certain possible
shareholder elections that may apply in certain circumstances.
 
  If the Issuer is treated as a PFIC, unless a United States Holder makes a
"QEF election" or a "mark to market election," each as described below:
 
    1. Distributions made by the Issuer during a taxable year to a United
  States Holder with respect to Common Stock that are "excess distributions"
  (defined generally as the excess of the amount received with respect to the
  Common Stock in any taxable year over 125% of the average received in the
  shorter of either the three previous years or the United States Holder's
  holding period before the taxable year) must be allocated ratably to each
  day of the United States Holder's holding period. The amounts allocated to
  the current taxable year and to taxable years prior to the first year in
  which the Issuer was classified as a PFIC are included as ordinary income
  in the United States Holder's gross income for that current year. The
  amount allocated to each other prior taxable year is taxed as ordinary
  income at the highest rate in effect for the United States Holder in that
  prior year and the tax is subject to an interest charge at the rate
  applicable to deficiencies in income taxes.
 
    2. The entire amount of any gain realized upon the sale or other
  disposition (including for these purposes a pledge) of Common Stock will be
  treated as an excess distribution made in the year of sale or other
  disposition and as a consequence will be treated as ordinary income and, to
  the extent allocated to years prior to the year of sale or disposition,
  will be subject to the interest charge described above. In addition, United
  States Holders who acquire their Common Stock from decedents generally will
  not receive a "stepped-up" basis in such Common Stock. Instead, such United
  States Holders will have a tax basis equal to the lower of the fair market
  value of such Common Stock or the decedent's basis.
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
  The special PFIC tax rules described above will not apply to a United States
Holder if the United States Holder elects to have the Issuer treated as a
"qualified electing fund" (a "QEF election") and the Issuer provides certain
information to United States Holders. If the Issuer is treated as a PFIC, it
intends to notify United States Holders and to provide to United States
Holders such information as may be required to make such QEF election
effective.
 
  A United States Holder that makes a QEF election will be taxable currently
on its pro rata share of the Issuer's ordinary earnings and net capital gain
(at ordinary income and capital gain rates, respectively) for each taxable
year of the Issuer during which it is treated as a PFIC, regardless of whether
or not distributions were received. The United States Holder's basis in the
Common Stock will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed income.
Distributions of income that had previously been taxed will result in a
corresponding reduction of basis in the Common Stock and will not be taxed
again as a distribution to the United States Holder.
 
  Alternatively, a United States Holder of stock in a PFIC that is treated as
"marketable stock" may make a mark to market election. A United States Holder
that makes such an election will not be subject to the PFIC rules described
above. Instead, in general, an electing United States Holder will include in
each year as ordinary income the excess, if any, of the fair market value of
such stock at the end of the taxable year over its adjusted basis and will be
permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted
basis of such stock over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year
(but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a
result of the mark to market election). The electing United States Holder's
basis in the stock will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss
amounts. Any gain or loss on the sale of the Common Stock will be ordinary
income or loss (except that such loss will be ordinary loss only to the extent
of the previously included net mark to market gain). The mark to market
election is only available with respect to stock that is regularly traded on
certain United States exchanges and other exchanges designated by the United
States Treasury. The meaning of the term "regularly traded," for purposes of
the mark to market election, is unclear.
 
  A United States Holder who owns Common Stock during any year that the Issuer
is a PFIC must file IRS Form 8621. United States Holders are urged to consult
their tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax
consequences of holding Common Stock of the Issuer if it is a PFIC, including
the advisability and availability of making any of the foregoing elections.
 
 Foreign Personal Holding Company
 
  If the Issuer or one of its non-United States subsidiaries were classified
as an FPHC, all United States Holders (including certain indirect holders),
regardless of their percentage ownership, would be required to include in
income, as a dividend, their pro rata share of the Issuer's (or its relevant
non-United States subsidiary's) undistributed FPHC income (generally, taxable
income with certain adjustments) if they were holders on the last day of the
Issuer's taxable year (or if earlier, the last day on which the Issuer
satisfied the shareholder test). In addition, if the Issuer were classified as
an FPHC, United States Holders who acquire their Common Stock from decedents
would not receive a "stepped-up" basis in such Common Stock. Instead, such
United States Holders would have a tax basis equal to the lower of the fair
market value of such Common Stock or the decedent's basis.
 
  A foreign corporation will be classified as an FPHC if (i) at any time
during the corporation's taxable year, five or fewer individuals, who are
United States citizens or residents, directly or indirectly own more than 50%
of the corporation's stock (by either voting power or value) (the "shareholder
test") and (ii) the corporation receives at least 60% of its gross income (50%
after the initial year of qualification), as adjusted, for the taxable year
from certain passive sources (the "income test"). It is possible that the
shareholder test will be met after the Offering. It is also possible that the
Issuer or one of its non-United States subsidiaries would meet the income test
in a given year and would be treated as an FPHC. The Company intends to manage
its affairs so as to attempt to avoid or minimize having income imputed to its
United States Holders under these rules, to the extent such management of its
affairs is consistent with its business goals.
 
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
 Personal Holding Company
 
  A corporation classified as a PHC is subject to a 39.6% tax on its
undistributed PHC income. Foreign corporations (such as the Issuer) determine
their liability for PHC tax by considering only (i) gross income derived from
United States sources and (ii) gross income that is effectively connected with
a United States trade or business. A corporation will be classified as a PHC
if (i) at any time during the last half of the corporation's taxable year,
five or fewer individuals own more than 50% of the corporation's stock (by
value) directly or indirectly and (ii) the corporation receives at least 60%
of its gross income, as adjusted, from certain passive sources. However, if a
corporation is an FPHC or a PFIC, it cannot be a PHC. It is possible that the
Issuer could meet the PHC shareholder test in a given taxable year. It is also
possible that the Issuer or one of its non-United States subsidiaries would
meet the income test in a given year and would be treated as a PHC. The
Company intends to manage its affairs so as to attempt to avoid or minimize
the imposition of the PHC tax, to the extent such management of its affairs is
consistent with its business goals.
 
 Taxation of Non-United States Holders
 
  For United States federal income tax purposes, a non-United States Holder
generally will not be subject to tax or withholding on distributions made with
respect to, and gains realized from the disposition of, Common Stock unless
such distributions and gains are attributable to an office or fixed place of
business maintained by such non-United States Holder in the United States.
 
 Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 United States Holders
 
  In general, information reporting requirements will apply to dividends in
respect of the Common Stock or the proceeds received on the sale, exchange, or
redemption of the Common Stock paid within the United States (and in certain
cases, outside of the United States) to United States Holders other than
certain exempt recipients (such as corporations), and a 31% backup withholding
may apply to such amounts if the United States Holder fails to provide an
accurate taxpayer identification number or to report dividends required to be
shown on its United States federal income tax returns. The amount of any
backup withholding from a payment to a United States Holder will be allowable
as a refund or credit against the United States Holder's United States federal
income tax liability, provided that the required information or appropriate
claim for refund is furnished to the IRS.
 
 Non-United States Holders
 
  Under current law, United States information reporting requirements and
backup withholding generally will not apply to dividends paid to a non-United
States Holder at an address outside the United States (unless the payor has
knowledge that the payee is a United States person). However, under recently
finalized United States Treasury regulations effective for payments made after
December 31, 1999, a non-United States Holder will generally be subject to
backup withholding unless applicable certification requirements are met.
 
  As a general matter, information reporting and backup withholding will not
apply to a payment of the proceeds of a sale of Common Stock effected outside
the United States by a foreign office of a non-United States Holder. However,
payment of the proceeds of a sale of Common Stock within the United States or
conducted through certain United States related financial intermediaries is
subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless the
beneficial owner certifies under penalties of perjury that it is a non-United
States Holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge that the
beneficial owner is a United States person) or the holder otherwise
establishes an exemption.
 
  The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-United States
Holder will be allowable as a refund or credit against such non-United States
Holder's United States federal income tax liability, provided that the
required information or appropriate claim for refund is furnished to the IRS.
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNDERWRITING
 
  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement
among the Company and the U.S. Underwriters (the "U.S. Underwriting
Agreement"), the Company has agreed to sell to each of the U.S. Underwriters
named below (the "U.S. Underwriters"), and each of the U.S. Underwriters, for
whom Smith Barney Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
CIBC Oppenheimer Corp., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as the representatives
(the "U.S. Representatives"), has severally agreed to purchase the number of
Shares set forth opposite its name below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    UNDERWRITING
     U.S. UNDERWRITERS                                               COMMITMENT
     -----------------                                              ------------
     <S>                                                            <C>
     Smith Barney Inc. ............................................
     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
          Incorporated.............................................
     CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. .......................................
     Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.............................
     Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. ................................
     Goldman, Sachs & Co. .........................................
       Total.......................................................
                                                                     =========
</TABLE>
 
  The Company has been advised by the U.S. Representatives that the several
U.S. Underwriters initially propose to offer such Shares to the public at the
Price to Public set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain
dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $   per Share. The
U.S. Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession not
in excess of $   per Share to other dealers. After the Offerings, the Price to
Public and such concessions may be changed.
 
  The Company has granted to the U.S. Underwriters and the international
underwriters (the "International Underwriters" and, collectively with the U.S.
Underwriters, the "Underwriters") options, exercisable during the 30-day
period after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to
additional shares of Common Stock from the Company at the Price to Public less
the Underwriting Discount, solely to cover over-allotments. To the extent that
the U.S. Underwriters and the International Underwriters exercise such
options, each of the U.S. Underwriters and the International Underwriters, as
the case may be, will be committed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase
a number of option shares proportionate to such U.S. Underwriter's or
International Underwriter's initial commitment.
 
  The Company has entered into an International Underwriting Agreement with
the International Underwriters named therein, for whom Salomon Smith Barney
International, Merrill Lynch International, CIBC Oppenheimer Corp., Morgan
Stanley & Co. International Limited, Deutsche Bank AG (London Branch) and
Goldman Sachs International are acting as the representatives (the
"International Representatives" and, together with the U.S. Representatives,
the "Representatives"), providing for the concurrent offer and sale of
          Shares (in addition to the shares covered by the over-allotment
options described above) outside the United States and Canada. Both the U.S.
Underwriting Agreement and the International Underwriting Agreement provide
that the obligations of the U.S. Underwriters and the International
Underwriters are such that if any of the Shares are purchased by the U.S.
Underwriters pursuant to the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, or by the
International Underwriters pursuant to the International Underwriting
Agreement, all the Shares agreed to be purchased by either the U.S.
Underwriters or the International Underwriters, as the case may be, pursuant
to their respective agreements must be so purchased. The Price to Public and
Underwriting Discount per Share for the U.S. Offering and the International
Offering will be identical. The closing of the International Offering is a
condition to the closing of the U.S. Offering and the closing of the U.S.
Offering is a condition to the closing of the International Offering.
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
  Each U.S. Underwriter has severally agreed that, as part of the distribution
of the            Shares offered by the U.S. Underwriters, (i) it is not
purchasing any Shares for the account of anyone other than a United States or
Canadian Person, (ii) it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell,
directly or indirectly, any Shares or distribute this Prospectus to any person
outside of the United States or Canada, or to anyone other than a United
States or Canadian Person and (iii) any dealer to whom it may sell any Shares
will represent that it is not purchasing for the account of anyone other than
a United States or Canadian Person and agree that it will not offer or resell,
directly or indirectly, any Shares outside of the United States or Canada, or
to anyone other than
a United States or Canadian Person or to any other dealer who does not so
represent and agree. Each International Underwriter has severally agreed that,
as part of the distribution of the           Shares offered by the
International Underwriters, (i) it is not purchasing any Shares for the
account of any United States or Canadian Person, (ii) it has not offered or
sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any Shares or
distribute any Prospectus relating to the International Offering to any person
in the United States or Canada, or to any United States or Canadian Person and
(iii) any dealer to whom it may sell any Shares will represent that it is not
purchasing for the account of any United States or Canadian Person and agree
that it will not offer or resell, directly or indirectly, any Shares in the
United States or Canada, or to any United States or Canadian Person or to any
other dealer who does not so represent and agree.
 
  The foregoing limitations do not apply to stabilization transactions or to
certain other transactions specified in the Agreement Between U.S.
Underwriters and International Underwriters. "United States or Canadian
Person" means any person who is a national or resident of the United States or
Canada, any corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in
or under the laws of the United States or Canada or of any political
subdivision thereof, and any estate or trust the income of which is subject to
United States or Canadian federal income taxation, regardless of its source
(other than any non-United States or non-Canadian branch of any United States
or Canadian Person), and includes any United States or Canadian branch of a
person other than a United States or Canadian Person.
 
  Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. Underwriters and International
Underwriters, sales may be made between the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Underwriters of such number of Shares as may be mutually agreed.
The price of any Shares so sold shall be the Price to Public, less an amount
not greater than the concession to securities dealers. To the extent that
there are sales between the U.S. Underwriters and the International
Underwriters pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. Underwriters and
International Underwriters, the number of Shares initially available for sale
by the U.S. Underwriters or by the International Underwriters may be more or
less than the amount specified on the cover page of this Prospectus.
 
  Any offer of the Shares in Canada will be made only pursuant to an exemption
from the prospectus filing requirement and an exemption from the dealer
registration requirement (where such an exemption is not available, offers
shall be made only by a registered dealer) in the relevant Canadian
jurisdiction where such offer is made.
 
  The U.S. Underwriting Agreement provides that the Company will indemnify the
U.S. Underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including
liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments the U.S.
Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
  Subject to certain exceptions, the Company, its parent and certain directors
and officers of the Company have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell
or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or announce the offering of
any shares of Common Stock, including any such shares beneficially or
indirectly owned or controlled by the Company, or any securities convertible
into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of Common Stock, for     days
from the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Smith
Barney Inc.
 
  At the Company's request, the U.S. Underwriters have reserved up to
shares of Common Stock (the "Directed Shares") for sale at the Price to Public
to persons who are directors, officers or employees of, or otherwise
associated with, the Company and its affiliates and who have advised the
Company of their desire to purchase such Shares. The number of Shares of
Common Stock available for sale to the general public will be
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
reduced to the extent of sales of Directed Shares to any of the persons for
whom they have been reserved. Any Shares not so purchased will be offered by
the U.S. Underwriters on the same basis as all other Shares offered hereby.
 
  In connection with the Offerings and in compliance with applicable law, the
Underwriters may overallot (i.e., sell more Shares than the total amount shown
on the list of Underwriters and participations which appears above) and may
effect transactions which stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market
price of the shares at levels above those which might otherwise prevail in the
open market. Such transactions may include placing bids for the Shares or
effecting purchases of the Shares for the purpose of pegging, fixing or
maintaining the price of the Shares or for the purpose of reducing a syndicate
short position created in connection with the offering. A syndicate short
position may be covered by exercise of the option described above in lieu of
or in addition to open market purchases. In addition, the contractual
arrangements among the Underwriters include a provision whereby, if the
Representatives purchase Shares in the open market for the account of the
underwriting syndicate and the securities purchased can be traced to a
particular Underwriter or member of the selling group, the underwriting
syndicate may require the Underwriter or selling group member in question to
purchase the Shares in question at the cost price to the syndicate or may
recover from (or decline to pay to) the Underwriter or selling group member in
question the selling concession applicable to the securities in question. The
Underwriters are not required to engage in any of these activities and any
such activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
  Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. The Price to Public was determined by negotiations between the Company
and the Representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the Price
to Public were prevailing market conditions, the market values of publicly
traded companies that the Underwriters believed to be somewhat comparable to
the Company, the demand for the Shares and for similar securities of publicly
traded companies that the Underwriters believed to be somewhat comparable to
the Company, the future prospects of the Company and its industry in general,
sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information of the
Company in recent periods, and other factors deemed relevant. There can be no
assurance that the prices at which the Shares will sell in the public market
after the Offerings will not be lower than the Price to Public.
 
  The Underwriters and certain of their affiliates have provided and may in
the future provide investment banking and other financial services to the
Company and certain of its affiliates for which they receive customary fees.
Affiliates of CIBC Oppenheimer have engaged in certain related-party
transactions with the Company, including as a lender under the AC-1 Credit
Facility. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Certain Transactions."
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  Validity of the Common Stock and certain other legal matters with respect to
the Shares offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Simpson
Thacher & Bartlett, New York, New York, and for the Underwriters by Latham &
Watkins, New York, New York. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett and Latham & Watkins
will rely, as to matters of Bermuda law, on the opinion of Appleby, Spurling &
Kempe, Hamilton, Bermuda.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The financial statements of the Company for the period from March 19, 1997
(date of inception) to December 31, 1997, included in this Prospectus have
been audited by Arthur Andersen & Co., independent public accountants, as
indicated in their report with respect thereto included herein.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
  The Company is not currently subject to the information requirements of the
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). As a
result of the Offerings, GCL will be required to file reports and other
information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission")
pursuant to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. GCL intends to
furnish its stockholders with Annual Reports containing Consolidated Financial
Statements audited by independent certified public accountants and with
quarterly reports containing unaudited financial information for each of the
first three quarters of each year.
 
  GCL has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), with respect to
the securities offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of
the Commission, this Prospectus, which is a part of the Registration
Statement, omits certain information, exhibits, schedules and undertakings set
forth in the Registration Statement. For further information pertaining to the
Company and the securities offered hereby, reference is made to such
Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements
contained in this Prospectus as to the contents or provisions of any documents
referred to herein are not necessarily complete, and in each instance,
reference is made to the copy of the document filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement. GCL will issue annual and quarterly reports. Annual
reports will include audited financial statements prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and a report of
its independent auditors with respect to the examination of such financial
statements. In addition, GCL will issue to its securityholders such other
unaudited quarterly or other interim reports as it deems appropriate.
 
  The Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the office of
the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of
the Registration Statement may be obtained from the Commission at prescribed
rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at such address, and
at the Commission's regional offices located at 7 World Trade Center, 13th
Floor, New York, New York 10048, and at Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. In addition, registration
statements and certain other filings made with the Commission through its
Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval ("EDGAR") system are
publicly available through the Commission's site on the Internet's World Wide
Web, located at http://www.sec.gov.
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants.................................  F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1998 (unaudited) and December
 31, 1997................................................................  F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March
   31, 1998 (unaudited), for the period March 19, 1997 (Date of
   Inception) to March 31, 1997 (unaudited), for the period March 19,
   1997 to December 31, 1997 and for the period March 19, 1997 (Date of
   Inception) to March 31, 1998 (unaudited)..............................  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the three months
   ended March 31, 1998 (unaudited) and for the period from March 19,
   1997 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 1997.........................  F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March
   31, 1998 (unaudited), for the period March 19, 1997 (Date of
   Inception) to March 31, 1997 (unaudited), for the period March 19,
   1997 to December 31, 1997 and for the period March 19, 1997 (Date of
   Inception) to March 31, 1998 (unaudited)..............................  F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................  F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Shareholders of
Global Crossing Ltd., LDC:
 
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Global
Crossing Ltd., LDC (a Cayman Islands company in its development stage) and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, and the related consolidated statements
of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the period from March
19, 1997 (date of inception) to December 31, 1997. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
  We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on
a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Global Crossing Ltd., LDC
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for the period from March 19, 1997 (date of inception) to
December 31, 1997, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States.
 
Arthur Andersen & Co.
 
Hamilton, Bermuda
May 14, 1998
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                   GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
             AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               MARCH 31, 1998 DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                               -------------- -----------------
                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>            <C>
ASSETS:
 Current assets:
   Cash.......................................  $  2,737,743    $  1,452,684
   Interest receivable........................        85,000         123,000
   Value added tax recoverable................     8,470,341             --
   Other assets and prepaid costs.............     4,209,636         892,958
   Restricted cash and cash equivalents.......    39,180,447      25,275,196
                                                ------------    ------------
                                                  54,683,167      27,743,838
 Construction in progress.....................   621,904,402     523,620,864
 Deferred finance and organization costs, net
  of accumulated amortization of $3,453,283
  ($2,246,857 as of December 31, 1997)........    24,974,952      25,934,021
                                                ------------    ------------
                                                $701,562,521    $577,298,723
                                                ============    ============
LIABILITIES:
 Current liabilities:
   Accrued construction costs.................  $ 23,732,932    $ 52,003,875
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...     4,041,649       1,658,399
   Accrued dividends on preference shares.....     1,326,201       1,281,354
   Accrued interest on Senior Notes...........     6,002,000       1,640,500
   Unearned revenue...........................    14,550,000       5,325,000
   Short term borrowings......................    11,929,750             --
   Current portion of obligations under inland
    services agreements.......................    12,712,937      18,091,000
                                                ------------    ------------
                                                  74,295,469      80,000,128
 Long term debt...............................   305,508,000     162,325,000
 Senior Notes.................................   150,000,000     150,000,000
 Obligations under inland services
  agreements..................................    16,745,000      20,209,000
                                                ------------    ------------
   Total liabilities..........................   546,548,469     412,534,128
                                                ------------    ------------
COMMITMENTS
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERENCE SHARES,
 113,674 shares (109,830 as of December 31,
 1997), $1,000 liquidation preference per
 share (net of unamortized discount on
 issuance of $11,893,118 ($12,223,993 as of
 December 31, 1997) and net of unamortized
 issued costs of $6,773,960 ($6,962,407 as of
 December 31, 1997))..........................    95,007,302      90,643,919
                                                ------------    ------------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Class A common stock, 20,735,300 shares
  issued (20,735,300 as of December 31,
  1997).......................................            20              20
 Class B common stock, 34,050,000 shares
  issued (33,750,000 as of December 31,
  1997).......................................            34              34
 Class C common stock, 33,750,000 shares
  issued (33,750,000 as of December 31, 1997)
  shares issued...............................            34              34
 Class D common stock, 22,058,800 shares
  issued, convertible to Class E shares
  (22,058,800 as of December 31, 1997)........            22              22
 Class E common stock, 125,000 shares issued
  (nil as of December 31, 1997)...............           -- *            --
 Additional paid-in capital...................    87,395,845      86,970,845
 Deficit accumulated during the development
  stage.......................................   (27,389,205)    (12,850,279)
                                                ------------    ------------
                                                  60,006,750      74,120,676
                                                ------------    ------------
                                                $701,562,521    $577,298,723
                                                ============    ============
</TABLE>
- --------
* Amount less than $1.
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                   GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           FOR THE PERIOD       FOR THE PERIOD      FOR THE PERIOD
                           THREE MONTHS    MARCH 19, 1997       MARCH 19, 1997      MARCH 19, 1997
                              ENDED      (DATE OF INCEPTION) (DATE OF INCEPTION)  (DATE OF INCEPTION)
                          MARCH 31, 1998  TO MARCH 31, 1997  TO DECEMBER 31, 1997  TO MARCH 31, 1998
                          -------------- ------------------- -------------------- -------------------
                           (UNAUDITED)       (UNAUDITED)                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>            <C>                 <C>                  <C>
INTEREST INCOME.........   $    345,834      $       --          $  2,941,352          $3,287,186
                           ------------      -----------         ------------        ------------
EXPENSES:
  Sales and marketing...        784,216              --             1,366,724           2,150,940
  General and
   administrative.......      2,614,903              --             1,695,770           4,310,673
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........         30,367              --                39,214              69,581
  Project evaluation
   costs................      7,047,044                                   --            7,047,044
                           ------------      -----------         ------------        ------------
                             10,476,530              --             3,101,708          13,578,238
                           ------------      -----------         ------------        ------------
NET LOSS................    (10,130,696)             --              (160,356)        (10,291,052)
PREFERENCE SHARE
 DIVIDENDS..............     (4,408,230)        (194,444)         (12,689,923)        (17,098,153)
                           ------------      -----------         ------------        ------------
NET LOSS APPLICABLE TO
 COMMON SHAREHOLDERS....   $(14,538,926)     $  (194,444)        $(12,850,279)       $(27,389,205)
                           ============      ===========         ============        ============
Basic net loss per
 common share...........   $      (0.13)     $      -- *         $      (0.12)       $      (0.25)
                           ============      ===========         ============        ============
Diluted net loss per
 common share...........   $      (0.11)     $      -- *         $      (0.10)       $      (0.21)
                           ============      ===========         ============        ============
Shares used in computing
 basic net loss per
 common share...........    110,615,211      110,294,100          110,294,100         110,370,758
                           ============      ===========         ============        ============
Shares used in computing
 diluted net loss per
 common share...........    130,975,251      130,638,084          130,638,084         130,718,575
                           ============      ===========         ============        ============
</TABLE>
- --------
* Amount less than $(0.01).
 
 
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                   GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM
            MARCH 19, 1997 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO DECEMBER 31, 1997
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             COMMON STOCK    ADDITIONAL                     TOTAL
                          ------------------   PAID-IN    ACCUMULATED   SHAREHOLDERS'
                            SHARES    AMOUNT   CAPITAL      DEFICIT        EQUITY
                          ----------- ------ -----------  ------------  -------------
<S>                       <C>         <C>    <C>          <C>           <C>
Issuance of Class A
 common stock for cash
 on March 25, 1997......    7,500,000  $  7  $ 7,499,993  $        --   $  7,500,000
Class A common stock
 distributed to the
 holders of preference
 shares on March 25,
 1997...................   13,235,300    13   13,234,987           --     13,235,000
Issuance of Class B
 common stock for cash
 on March 25, 1997......   33,750,000    34   31,249,966           --     31,250,000
Issuance of Class C
 common stock for cash
 on March 25, 1997......   33,750,000    34   33,749,966           --     33,750,000
Issuance of Class D
 common stock to certain
 Class B shareholders on
 March 25, 1997.........   22,058,800    22    2,499,978           --      2,500,000
Finance costs incurred
 related to the issuance
 of common stock........          --    --    (1,264,045)          --     (1,264,045)
Net loss applicable to
 common shareholders for
 the period.............          --    --           --    (12,850,279)  (12,850,279)
                          -----------  ----  -----------  ------------  ------------
Balance, December 31,
 1997...................  110,294,100   110   86,970,845   (12,850,279)   74,120,676
                          -----------  ----  -----------  ------------  ------------
Issuance of Class B
 common stock for cash
 on January 21, 1998....      300,000   -- *     300,000           --        300,000
Issuance of Class E
 common stock for cash
 on January 21, 1998....      125,000   -- *     125,000           --        125,000
Net loss applicable to
 common shareholders for
 the three months ended
 March 31, 1998.........          --    --           --    (14,538,926)  (14,538,926)
                          -----------  ----  -----------  ------------  ------------
Balance, March 31, 1998.  110,719,100  $110  $87,395,845  $(27,389,205) $ 60,006,750
                          ===========  ====  ===========  ============  ============
</TABLE>
- --------
* Amount less than $1.
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                   GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         FOR THE PERIOD      FOR THE PERIOD
                         THREE MONTHS    MARCH 19, 1997      MARCH 19, 1997      FOR THE PERIOD
                            ENDED      (DATE OF INCEPTION) (DATE OF INCEPTION)   MARCH 19, 1997
                          MARCH 31,       TO MARCH 31,       TO DECEMBER 31,   (DATE OF INCEPTION)
                             1998             1997                1997         TO  MARCH 31, 1998
                         ------------  ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
                         (UNAUDITED)       (UNAUDITED)                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                      <C>           <C>                 <C>                 <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM
 OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net loss applicable
  to common
  shareholders.........  $(14,538,926)    $    (194,444)      $ (12,850,279)      $ (27,389,205)
 Adjustments to
  reconcile net loss
  to net cash provided
  by operating
  activities:
   Depreciation and
    amortization.......        30,367               --               39,214              69,581
   Preference share
    dividends..........     4,408,230           194,444          12,689,923          17,098,153
   Decrease (increase)
    in interest
    receivable.........        38,000               --             (123,000)            (85,000)
   Increase in other
    assets and prepaid
    costs..............    (3,323,902)              --             (909,015)         (4,232,917)
   Increase in value
    added tax
    recoverable........    (8,470,341)              --                  --           (8,470,341)
   Increase in unearned
    revenue............     9,225,000               --            5,325,000          14,550,000
   Increase in accounts
    payable and accrued
    liabilities........     1,956,567            25,000           1,248,133           3,204,700
   Increase in short
    term borrowings....    11,929,750               --                  --           11,929,750
                         ------------     -------------       -------------       -------------
     Net cash provided
      by operating
      activities.......     1,254,745            25,000           5,419,976           6,674,721
                         ------------     -------------       -------------       -------------
CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY
 FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Finance and
  organization costs
  incurred.............      (247,357)      (16,661,358)        (28,180,878)        (28,428,235)
 Preference share
  issuance costs.......           --                --           (7,529,651)         (7,529,651)
 Finance costs related
  to issuance of
  common stock.........           --                --           (1,264,045)         (1,264,045)
 Proceeds from
  issuance of common
  stock and additional
  paid-in capital......       425,000        75,000,000          75,000,000          75,425,000
 Proceeds from
  issuance of
  preference shares....           --        100,000,000         100,000,000         100,000,000
 Proceeds from long
  term debt............   143,183,000               --          162,325,000         305,508,000
 Proceeds from
  issuance of Senior
  Notes................           --                --          150,000,000         150,000,000
 Increase in
  restricted cash and
  cash equivalents.....   (13,905,251)     (124,887,205)        (25,275,196)        (39,180,447)
                         ------------     -------------       -------------       -------------
     Net cash provided
      by financing
      activities.......   129,455,392        33,451,437         425,075,230         554,530,622
                         ------------     -------------       -------------       -------------
CASH FLOWS USED IN
 INVESTING ACTIVITY:
 Cash paid for
  construction in
  progress.............  (129,425,078)      (31,112,795)       (429,042,522)       (558,467,600)
                         ------------     -------------       -------------       -------------
NET INCREASE IN CASH...     1,285,059         2,363,642           1,452,684           2,737,743
CASH, beginning of
 period................     1,452,684               --                  --                  --
                         ------------     -------------       -------------       -------------
CASH, end of period....  $  2,737,743     $   2,363,642       $   1,452,684       $   2,737,743
                         ============     =============       =============       =============
SUPPLEMENTAL
 INFORMATION ON NON-
 CASH INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Costs incurred for
  construction in
  progress.............  $ 98,283,538     $  31,112,795       $ 523,620,864       $ 621,904,402
 Decrease (increase)
  in accrued
  construction costs...    28,270,943               --          (52,003,875)        (23,732,932)
 Increase in accrued
  interest on Senior
  Notes................    (4,361,500)              --           (1,640,500)         (6,002,000)
 Increase in accrued
  liabilities..........      (426,683)              --             (410,267)           (836,950)
 Amortization of
  deferred finance
  costs................    (1,183,283)              --           (2,223,700)         (3,406,983)
 Decrease (increase)
  in obligations under
  inland services
  agreements...........     8,842,063               --          (38,300,000)        (29,457,937)
                         ------------     -------------       -------------       -------------
   Cash paid for
    construction in
    progress...........  $129,425,078     $  31,112,795       $ 429,042,522       $ 558,467,600
                         ============     =============       =============       =============
SUPPLEMENTAL
 INFORMATION ON NON-
 CASH FINANCING
 ACTIVITY:
 Class A common stock
  distributed to
  holders of
  preference shares
  reflected as a
  discount.............  $        --      $  13,325,000       $  13,235,000       $  13,235,000
                         ============     =============       =============       =============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE
 OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Interest paid and
  capitalized..........  $  4,445,632     $         --        $   8,136,267       $  12,581,899
                         ============     =============       =============       =============
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
1. BACKGROUND
 
  On March 19, 1997, Global Crossing Ltd., LDC ("GCL"), formerly GT Parent
Holdings LDC, was incorporated as an exempted limited duration company in the
Cayman Islands. GCL is an independent developer, owner and operator of
undersea digital fiber optic cable systems. Atlantic Crossing Ltd. ("ACL"),
formerly Global Telesystems Ltd., a Bermuda company which is an indirect
wholly-owned subsidiary of GCL, was incorporated to construct and operate an
undersea fiber optic cable ring with landing stations in the United States,
the United Kingdom, Germany and the Netherlands. ACL has incorporated wholly-
owned subsidiaries in each of these countries in order to own the portion of
the cable system located in each country and the related territorial waters.
During the three months ended March 31, 1998, GCL began to develop three
additional undersea fiber optic cable systems: Pacific Crossing, Mid-Atlantic
Crossing and Pan American Crossing. Subsequent to March 31, 1998, GCL
incorporated additional companies to own and operate these additional cable
systems (see Note 15).
 
  To finance construction of ACL's undersea fiber optic cable ring, GCL issued
$75 million of common stock and Global Telesystems Holdings Limited ("GTH"),
an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of GCL, and the parent of ACL, issued $100
million of preference shares and sold $150 million of Senior Notes. These
proceeds, together with a $482 million credit facility are being used to pay
for construction costs, financing fees and other related costs. Together GCL
and its subsidiaries are defined as the Company.
 
  ACL has entered into a fixed price contract (the "Contract") with Tyco
Submarine Systems Ltd. ("TSSL"), formerly AT&T Submarine Systems, Inc., for
the development, design, construction and installation of a four fiber pair,
fiber optic cable system connecting (i) the United States to the United
Kingdom, (ii) the United Kingdom to the Netherlands and Germany, (iii) the
Netherlands to Germany and (iv) Germany to the United States (collectively,
"AC-1" or the "System"). AT&T Corp. has provided ACL with a guarantee in
respect of TSSL's obligations under the Contract. Assuming that construction
of AC-1 progresses according to the Contract schedule, the System will be
accepted by ACL and made available for commercial service on February 22, 1999
(the "System RFS date"). Certain segments of the System are expected to be
completed in advance of the System RFS date. The United States to the United
Kingdom segment is expected to be ready for service on May 31, 1998 and the
Germany to the United States segment is expected to be ready for service on
November 30, 1998. Once ACL formally accepts each segment, the segment becomes
ready for service and the ownership of the segment transfers to ACL, except
for that portion of the System located in U.S. territory, for which the
Company has an indefeasible right of use rather than ownership. GT Landing
Corp., a subsidiary of ACL, has an option to purchase the rights and title to
the U.S. territorial portion at a price of $10,000.
 
  Customers enter into Capacity Purchase Agreements ("CPA") to obtain an
indefeasible right of use ("IRU") in units of capacity. The purchase price for
capacity is non-refundable and the IRU entitles the customer to the use of the
capacity for a period ending 25 years after the System RFS date. ACL has
itself entered into contracts, called Inland Services Agreements, to purchase
IRUs of capacity on terrestrial cables, for the life of the cable, for the
purpose of extending saleable capacity from AC-1 landing stations to major
telecommunication centers in the United States and the United Kingdom
("Backhaul Capacity"). Customers may enter into separate CPAs to obtain this
Backhaul Capacity in addition to capacity on AC-1.
 
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
  ACL has also entered into other agreements with TSSL relating to operations,
administration and maintenance ("OA&M") of the System and Backhaul Capacity,
as well as sales of its capacity ("Sales Agency Agreement"). The OA&M contract
obligates TSSL for an initial term of eight years after System completion. ACL
has the option to renew this contract for up to two additional periods of
eight and a half years. Quarterly payments will commence as ACL accepts
ownership of the various segments. Customers are committed to pay for their
pro rata share of OA&M costs incurred by the Company within the terms of the
CPA, subject to specified maximums.
 
  Under the Sales Agency Agreement, TSSL is responsible for the marketing and
sale of capacity of the System and will receive commissions on sales proceeds
received at rates that vary as certain cumulative revenue levels are reached.
Effective March 5, 1998, the Company entered into a commissions sharing
agreement whereby GCL will receive a percentage of commissions earned under
the Sales Agency Agreement as consideration for assisting in the sales effort
and marketing of the Company's projects. The Sales Agency Agreement will
terminate on March 25, 2002 with an option to extend it until March 25, 2005.
 
  On January 21, 1998, GCL effected a 100 for 1 stock split of each of the
Class A, B, C and D common stock and undesignated stock and amended the par
value of each share of common stock from $.0001 per share to $.000001 per
share. All share information presented in the consolidated financial
statements, including these notes, gives effect to the stock split.
 
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates. The significant accounting
policies are summarized as follows:
 
 a) Principles of Consolidation
 
  These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Global
Crossing Ltd., LDC and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant
intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
 
 b) Development Stage Company
 
  The Company is in its development stage, having completed various studies
and vendor selection for AC-1. Currently, landing stations are under
construction, submersible plant and cable is being manufactured and cable-
laying operations are underway. It is anticipated that the Company will begin
recognizing revenues from signed CPAs upon the RFS date for the United States
to the United Kingdom segment and that all aspects of the System will be ready
for commercial service by February 22, 1999. In addition, the Company is in
the initial stages of developing three other undersea fiber optic cable
systems.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
 
  Successful future operations are subject to several risks, including the
ability of the Company to ensure the successful, timely and cost-effective
completion of AC-1 and other cable systems as well as to successfully market
and generate significant revenue from the sale of capacity of the System. ACL
may encounter problems, delays and expenses, many of which may be beyond its
control. There can be no assurance that the cable systems will be completed
within the time frame and costs set out in the Contract and that capacity
sales will meet expectations, or that substantial delays would not adversely
affect ACL's achievement of profitable operations.
 
 c) Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  The Company considers short-term highly liquid investments with an original
maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash
equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash in banks and short-term
money market deposits with a maturity of one month.
 
 d) Sales, Cost of Sales Recognition and Unearned Revenue
 
  As of March 31, 1998, the Company had entered into signed CPAs totaling
approximately $280 million (approximately $141 million as of December 31,
1997).
 
  The Company enters into CPAs to sell capacity on the transatlantic and
European segments ("AC-1 capacity"). In addition, in conjunction with most
sales of AC-1 capacity, the Company enters into separate CPAs to sell Backhaul
Capacity. Both AC-1 and Backhaul Capacity CPAs grant the customer an
indefeasible right of use of capacity for the life of the cable which
generally is 25 years.
 
  Revenue from the sale of AC-1 and Backhaul Capacity will be recognized in
the period that the capacity is activated. Customers who have entered into
CPAs for AC-1 capacity to date have paid deposits toward the purchase price
and such amounts are reflected as unearned revenue in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheet. Certain CPAs require a refund of these deposits
should the ready for service date of the United States to the United Kingdom
segment occur after October 15, 1998 or if the System RFS date occurs after
June 30, 1999.
 
  Costs incurred on each segment of the System, currently reflected as
construction in progress in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, will
be recorded as capacity available for sale at the date each segment of the
System becomes operational. AC-1 capacity and Backhaul Capacity available for
sale will be recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell
and will be charged to costs of sales in the period the related revenues are
recognized.
 
  The amount charged to cost of sales in any period relating to AC-1 capacity
will be calculated based on the ratio of AC-1 capacity revenues recognized in
the period to total expected AC-1 capacity revenues over the life of the
System multiplied by the total costs incurred to construct the System. This
calculation of the cost of sales amount matches costs with the relative value
of each sale to total expected revenues. Until the entire System is completed,
for purposes of calculating cost of sales, the total System costs incurred
will include an estimate of remaining costs to be incurred to complete the
entire System. Backhaul Capacity sold to customers is acquired from third
party capacity providers generally when needed to fulfill the Company's
commitments under Backhaul Capacity CPA agreements. The cost of acquiring
Backhaul Capacity will be charged to cost of sales in the period that the
capacity is activated.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 17, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
 
  Management's estimate of future expected AC-1 capacity revenues may change
due to a number of factors including the possible upgrade of the System to
increase capacity and the possible variance in actual sales prices and volume
from management's estimates. Additionally, the total cost of the System will
increase in the event of an upgrade to the System. Management will continually
evaluate these factors and, as necessary, revise its estimate of the total
expected revenues of AC-1 capacity to be derived over the life of the System.
Changes in management's estimate of the total expected revenues to be derived
from sales of AC-1 capacity will result in adjustments to the calculations of
cost of sales. These adjustments will be recorded on a prospective basis over
future periods commencing with the period management revises its estimate.
 
  Under their respective CPAs, certain customers have been provided options to
purchase additional capacity at specified prices for specified future periods
as well as the option to purchase additional capacity should the Company
upgrade the System capacity in the future. In many cases, prices under the
options to purchase capacity during these specified periods are lower than the
current price for capacity charged to the customer. Management's estimate of
future revenues for purposes of calculating cost of sales takes into
consideration prices under these options.
 
 e) Commissions and Advisory Services Fees
 
  Commissions are payable upon receipt of funds from CPA sales and will be
recognized as an expense upon recognition of the related revenues. Advisory
services fees payable under the Advisory Services Agreement ("ASA"), described
in Note 12, are recognized as an expense upon recognition of the related
revenues.
 
 f) Construction in Progress
 
  Construction in progress includes direct and indirect expenditures for
construction of the System and is stated at cost. Capitalized costs include
costs incurred under the Contract, advisory, consulting and legal fees,
interest and amortized finance costs incurred during the construction phase,
and other costs necessary for developing AC-1. Costs relating to the
evaluation of new projects prior to the Company's decision to develop the
project are expensed as incurred. Once development of the project commences,
costs are capitalized in accordance with the policy described above. During
the three months ended March 31, 1998, the Company expensed approximately $7
million paid to PCG Telecom Services LLC ("PCG Telecom") and its affiliates
for the rights to certain new projects that are described in Note 15.
 
  Additionally, the cost of acquiring Backhaul Capacity under Inland Services
Agreements has been capitalized in construction in progress. Under these
agreements the Company is required to pay an up-front non-recurring charge
plus, in certain cases, monthly recurring charges over the period the capacity
is provided. The Company has capitalized the present value of these total
future payments in construction in progress and has recorded an equal amount
as an obligation under Inland Services Agreements (see Note 5).
 
 g) Deferred Finance and Organization Costs
 
  Costs incurred to obtain financing for the System through the issuance of
Senior Notes and long term debt have been reflected as an asset in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Costs incurred to obtain financing
for the System through the issuance of common stock and preference shares,
respectively, have been
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
reflected as a reduction in the carrying value of the issued common and
preference shares. The financing costs relating to the debt are amortized over
the term of the related debt agreements. Offering costs related to the
issuance of preference shares are amortized through the mandatory redemption
date. During the construction period of the System, the amortized portion of
deferred financing costs relating to the Senior Notes and the long term debt
are included in construction in progress as a component of interest
capitalized. The amortized portion of the deferred financing costs relating to
the preference shares is included as a component of preference share
dividends. Deferred organization costs, which include legal and professional
fees incurred to bring GCL, GTH and ACL into legal existence, are amortized to
expense over a period of five years.
 
 h) Translation of Foreign Currencies
 
  Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the
rate of exchange prevailing at the date of each transaction. Monetary assets
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end are translated
into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange at that date. Resulting gains or
losses on exchange are recorded as other income or loss in the statement of
operations.
 
 i) Stock Option Plan
 
  The Company accounts for stock option grants in accordance with Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees",
and, accordingly, recognizes compensation expense for stock option grants to
the extent that the estimated fair value of the stock exceeds the exercise
price of the option at the measurement date. The compensation expense is
charged against operations ratably over the vesting period of the options.
Disclosures will be made in the consolidated financial statements of future
periods in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (See Note 9).
 
 j) Interest Rate Derivatives
 
  The Company uses derivative financial instruments for the purpose of
reducing its exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates. The Company
does not utilize derivative financial instruments for trading or other
speculative purposes. The counterparty to these instruments is CIBC. The
Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by this
counterparty.
 
  As discussed in Note 5, effective December 31, 1997, the Company entered
into an interest rate swap agreement to hedge its exposure to interest rates
on its long term debt. The net cash amounts paid or received on the agreement
are accrued and recognized as an adjustment to interest expense on the related
debt.
 
  For interest rate derivatives to qualify for hedge accounting, the debt
instrument being hedged must expose the Company to interest rate risk and, at
the inception of the derivative instrument and throughout the period the
derivative is held, there must be a high correlation of changes in the market
value of the derivative and interest expense of the hedged item. Gains and
losses on interest rate derivatives and other derivative instruments which do
not meet this criteria would be recorded in the statement of operations.
 
  If an interest rate derivative instrument were to terminate or be replaced
by another instrument and no longer qualify as a hedge instrument, then it
would be marked to market and carried on the balance sheet at fair value.
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
 
 k) Interim Financial Information
 
  The unaudited financial statements as of March 31, 1998, for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 and for the period from March 19, 1997 (date of
inception) to March 31, 1998 include, in the opinion of management, all
adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary
for the fair presentation of such financial statements.
 
 l) Net loss per Share
 
  Basic net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of
shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted net loss per share is computed
using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding and
common stock equivalents including shares issuable under options and warrants
that were issued within the 12 month period preceding the planned initial
public offering ("IPO") date as though they were outstanding for all periods
presented.
 
  The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss
per share:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             FOR THE
                                                                          PERIOD MARCH
                                         FOR THE PERIOD  FOR THE PERIOD        19,
                          FOR THE THREE    MARCH 19,        MARCH 19,     1997 (DATE OF
                          MONTHS ENDED   1997 (DATE OF    1997 (DATE OF   INCEPTION) TO
                            MARCH 31,    INCEPTION) TO    INCEPTION) TO     MARCH 31,
                              1998       MARCH 31, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1997     1998
                          -------------  -------------- ----------------- -------------
                           (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>
Numerator:
Net loss applicable to
 common shareholders....  $ (14,538,926)  $  (194,444)    $ (12,850,279)  $ (27,389,205)
Denominator:
Denominator for basic
 net loss per share:....    110,615,211   110,294,100       110,294,100     110,370,758
Effect of common share
 equivalents
  Warrants..............     18,539,040    18,522,984        18,522,984      18,526,817
  Options...............      1,821,000     1,821,000         1,821,000       1,821,000
                          -------------   -----------     -------------   -------------
Denominator for diluted
 net loss per share: ...    130,975,251   130,638,084       130,638,084     130,718,575
Basic net loss per share
 applicable to common
 shareholders...........  $       (0.13)  $        --*    $       (0.12)  $       (0.25)
Diluted net loss per
 share applicable to
 common shareholders....  $       (0.11)  $        --*    $       (0.10)  $       (0.21)
</TABLE>
 
  Subsequent to March 31, 1998, the Company issued additional options which
have not been included in the above net loss per share calculations. See Note
15 for further discussions of stock options.
- --------
* Amount less than $(0.01)
 
 m) Pending Accounting Standard
 
  The Financial Accounting Standards Board has recently issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS
130") and Statement of Financial Accounting Standard
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information"
("SFAS 131"). SFAS 130 and SFAS 131 are effective for periods beginning after
December 15, 1997. Management does not expect the impact of the adoption of
these statements on the Company's financial position or results of operations
to be material.
 
3. RESTRICTED CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
  Restricted cash and cash equivalents comprises approximately $20 million as
of March 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997 reserved for purposes of funding
future interest payable on Senior Notes, approximately $15 million as of March
31, 1998 ($5 million as of December 31, 1997) in funds received from CPAs
signed to date that may be used only in accordance with the terms of the long
term debt agreement and approximately $4 million as of March 31, 1998 (nil as
of December 31, 1997) restricted for purchases of Backhaul Capacity.
 
4. SHORT TERM BORROWINGS
 
  Effective March 24, 1998, GCL obtained a $200 million secured revolving
credit promissory note ("Bridge Facility") from CIBC and other lenders to fund
development of the new undersea fiber optic cable systems discussed further in
Note 15 and advances on the ASA. All amounts borrowed under the Bridge
Facility are due and payable on June 24, 1998 and bear interest at a floating
rate of LIBOR plus 2.5%. As of March 31, 1998, the Company had borrowings of
approximately $12 million under the Bridge Facility. The Bridge Facility is
secured by pledges of the common stock of all existing and future direct
subsidiaries of GCL.
 
5. LONG TERM DEBT AND OBLIGATIONS UNDER INLAND SERVICES AGREEMENTS
 
  On June 27, 1997, ACL entered into a $410 million aggregate senior secured
limited recourse loan facility (the "Credit Facility") with a group of banks
led by CIBC and Deustche Bank AG, for the construction and financing costs of
AC-1. On December 15, 1997, the Credit Facility was amended to increase it to
$482 million comprised of a $472 million multiple draw down term loan facility
(the "Term Facility") and a $10 million working capital facility (the "Working
Capital Facility") for the purpose of extending the System to include, among
other things, a Netherlands landing site. The Credit Facility is secured by
pledges of the stock of ACL and its subsidiaries and security interests in its
assets and revenues. As of March 31, 1998, ACL had borrowed $305,508,000
($162,325,000 as of December 31, 1997) under the Credit Facility.
 
  The Credit Facility provides that ACL may select loan arrangements as either
a Eurodollar loan or an ABR Loan. The Eurodollar interest rate is LIBOR plus
2.5% and the ABR interest rate is based on a Base rate, as defined, plus 1.5%.
ACL pays a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum on the unused portion of the
Credit Facility. The Credit Facility contains various covenants that, among
other things, (i) limit further indebtedness by ACL and its subsidiaries, (ii)
limit the ability of ACL to pay dividends, (iii) require ACL to meet certain
minimum capacity sales levels and (iv) require ACL to meet a minimum interest
coverage ratio for the years 1999 through to maturity of the Credit Facility.
The Credit Facility will be repaid in eight semi-annual installments,
commencing on the first May 31 or November 30 occurring two months after the
System RFS date, with 15% of the principal amount due in the initial year and
25%, 30%, and 30% due in the second, third and fourth years, respectively. In
addition, on each semi-annual installment date, ACL will apply an amount equal
to 50% of Excess Cash Flow, as defined by the terms of the Credit Facility, to
the mandatory prepayment of the remaining
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
outstanding balance under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility also
requires mandatory prepayments to be made from 50% of net cash proceeds of any
equity offering of ACL and 100% of net cash proceeds from permitted debt
offerings by ACL or GTH. Optional prepayments may be made at any time without
premium or penalty. All revenues received prior to the System RFS date are
used to fund certain reserve accounts, as defined by the Credit Facility, and
thereafter applied against the borrowings under the Credit Facility and the
Senior Notes as determined by the Credit Facility agreement.
 
  On September 30, 1997, pursuant to the Contract with TSSL and the Credit
Facility agreement, ACL put in place a $50 million letter of credit in favor
of TSSL which will expire at such time as ACL has paid all costs under the
contract. ACL pays a commitment fee of 2.5% per annum on the full amount of
the letter of credit.
 
  As of March 31, 1998, all borrowings under the Credit Facility are
Eurodollar Loans with $7,800,000 ($500,000 as of December 31, 1997) drawn down
under the Working Capital Facility and $297,708,000 ($161,825,000 as of
December 31, 1997) drawn down under the Term Facility. ACL has incurred
interest costs, including amortization of deferred financing costs, of
$5,554,697 for the three months ended March 31, 1998 ($4,246,616 for the
period from inception through December 31, 1997). These costs have been
capitalized and included in construction in progress in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets. Effective December 31, 1997, ACL entered into an
interest rate swap transaction based on one month LIBOR to minimize its
exposure to increases in interest rates on its borrowings. The swap
transaction was amended on February 2, 1998 and currently fixes ACL's floating
interest rate at 5.7825% on a notional amount of borrowings ranging between
$200 million and $310 million until January 31, 1999.
 
  As described in Note 1, ACL has extended the System by purchasing Backhaul
Capacity. Certain contracts to purchase Backhaul Capacity require payments
over a 25 year period. As of March 31, 1998, the present value of these
payments has been recorded as obligations under Inland Services Agreements in
the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in the amount of $29,457,937
($38,300,000 as of December 31, 1997).
 
  As of March 31, 1998, future minimum payments, in the aggregate for the nine
months ended December 31, 1998 and for the four succeeding years, under these
Inland Services Agreements are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
  For the nine months ended December 31, 1998...................... $ 9,248,937
  1999.............................................................   4,900,000
  2000.............................................................   1,670,000
  2001.............................................................   1,717,000
  2002.............................................................   1,766,000
  Thereafter until 2021............................................  47,997,000
                                                                    -----------
    Total minimum payments......................................... $67,298,937
                                                                    ===========
</TABLE>
 
6. SENIOR NOTES
 
  The 12% senior notes due March 31, 2004 with a face value of $150 million
("Senior Notes") are general unsecured obligations of GTH and will rank senior
to any future subordinated indebtedness of GTH and pari passu in right of
payment with any future unsecured senior indebtedness of GTH. The Senior Notes
bear an
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
initial interest rate of 12% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually in
arrears on each June 1 and December 1. If the Senior Notes are not repaid by
April 1, 2000, the interest rate will increase by 0.5% on April 1, 2000 and by
an additional 0.5% on each subsequent April 1, until repaid. If the interest
rate exceeds 15% per annum (the interest rate payable increases by 2% upon any
event of default) GTH may, at its option, cause such interest in excess of 15%
to be paid in additional senior notes. GTH has incurred interest costs,
including amortization of deferred financing costs, of $4,930,282 for the
three months ended March 31, 1998 ($9,013,534 for the period ended December
31, 1997), which has been capitalized and included in construction in progress
in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
  As described in Note 5, revenues received prior to the System RFS date are
used to fund certain reserve accounts which are then applied against
borrowings under the Credit Facility and the Senior Notes as determined by the
Credit Facility agreement. Additionally, GTH will on each June 1 and December
1, commencing on the first such date to occur more than 90 days after the
System RFS date, apply an amount equal to 50% of ACL's excess cash flow, as
defined in the Senior Notes agreement, to redeem the Senior Notes at face
value, plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase. The Senior Notes are
redeemable at the option of GTH, at redemption prices starting at 106% of the
face value beginning April 1, 2000, declining to 103% in 2001, and 100% in
2002 and 2003, plus accrued interest.
 
  The Senior Notes agreement imposes certain limitations on the ability of GTH
and its subsidiaries to, among other things, (i) incur additional indebtedness
including senior indebtedness and (ii) pay certain dividends and make certain
other restricted payments and investments.
 
7. MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERENCE SHARES
 
  The authorized preference shares consist of 500,000 shares at a liquidation
preference of $1,000 per share. Effective March 25, 1997, 100,000 shares were
issued for $100 million in cash and as of March 31, 1998, 113,674 shares
(109,830 shares as of December 31, 1997) were issued and outstanding.
 
  The holders of preference shares are entitled to receive cumulative,
compounding dividends at an initial annual rate of 14% of the $1,000
liquidation preference per share. If the preference shares are not redeemed on
or prior to April 1, 2001, the annual dividend rate will increase by 0.5% per
annum (the dividend rate payable increases by 2% upon any event of default)
thereafter, subject to a maximum annual dividend rate of 20%. At the option of
GTH, accrued dividends may be paid in cash or paid by issuing additional
preference shares (i.e. pay-in-kind) until April 1, 2002, at which time they
must be paid in cash. However, if the dividend rate exceeds 15% per annum, GTH
may cause dividends in excess of 15% to be paid in additional preference
shares. Dividends paid in additional preference shares are payable on a
quarterly basis and cash dividends are payable on a semi-annual basis. All
dividends declared to date have been paid in additional preference shares. The
preference shares rank senior to all common stock with respect to dividend
rights, rights of redemption or rights on liquidation and senior to any future
preferred stock. The preference shares are non-voting unless GTH fails to pay
a dividend, fails to make a mandatory redemption or upon a change in control,
fails to make an offer to purchase the preference shares at 101%, at which
time the holders of a majority of the preference shares will be entitled to
elect one to two directors. In the event that any preference shares are still
outstanding on April 1, 2001, the holders thereof will receive warrants to
purchase shares of Class A common stock of GCL at an exercise price of $.01
per share, up to a maximum of 5% of the fully diluted common stock of GCL.
 
                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
 
  The preference shares have a mandatory redemption on April 1, 2007 at their
liquidation preference. In addition, the preference shares will be redeemed
out of ACL's excess cash flows after repayment of the Credit Facility and
Senior Notes at redemption prices starting at 114% for both 1997 and 1998,
declining to 112% in 1999 and 2000, 107% in 2001 and 100% thereafter. The
preference shares can be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of GTH
at redemption prices starting at 114% of the liquidation preference through
2001, declining to 111% in 2002, 108% in 2003, 105% in 2004, 102% in 2005 and
100% thereafter. The outstanding preference shares are exchangeable, in whole,
at the option of GTH for Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes ("Exchange Notes")
issued by ACL at a rate of $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes for each
$1,000 of liquidation preference of preference shares. These Exchange Notes
will bear an interest rate equal to the dividend rate of the preference shares
and will have repayment terms similar to the preference shares described
above.
 
  During the three months ended March 31, 1998, dividends approximating $3.9
million ($9.8 million for the period from inception through December 31, 1997)
were paid by issuing additional preference shares and a further $1.3 million
($1.3 million as of December 31, 1997) in dividends were accrued as of March
31, 1998.
 
  Preference share dividends included the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  THREE      FOR THE PERIOD
                                 MONTHS      MARCH 19, 1997      FOR THE PERIOD
                               ENDED MARCH (DATE OF INCEPTION)   MARCH 19, 1997
                                   31,       TO DECEMBER 31,   (DATE OF INCEPTION)
                                  1998            1997          TO MARCH 31, 1998
                               ----------- ------------------- -------------------
                               (UNAUDITED)                         (UNAUDITED)
     <S>                       <C>         <C>                 <C>
     Preference share
      dividends..............  $3,888,908      $11,111,672         $15,000,580
     Amortization of discount
      on preference shares...     330,875        1,011,007           1,341,882
     Amortization of
      preference share
      issuance costs.........     188,447          567,244             755,691
                               ----------      -----------         -----------
                               $4,408,230      $12,689,923         $17,098,153
                               ==========      ===========         ===========
</TABLE>
 
  In connection with the issuance of the preference shares, the holders of
preference shares purchased an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of GCL's Class A
common stock for total proceeds of $7.5 million. Additionally, in connection
with the issuance of the preference shares, certain preference shareholders
received shares of GCL's Class A common stock for no additional consideration.
A total of 13,235,300 shares of GCL's Class A common stock were distributed to
the preference shareholders representing 15% of the aggregate number of GCL's
Class A, B and C shares outstanding, after giving effect to the issuance. The
Company has reflected the $13,235,000 estimated fair value of the GCL's Class
A common stock distributed to preference shareholders as a discount in the
carrying value of the preference shares.
 
  The fair value of the 13,235,300 shares of GCL's Class A common stock
distributed to preference shareholders was based on the $1 per share paid by
the holders of preference shares for the 7,500,000 GCL's Class A shares
purchased for cash.
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
             (DATE OF INCEPTION) AND MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
 
8. COMMON STOCK AND ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                               <C>         <C>
      Common Stock:
      Authorized:
        1,000,000,000 Class A common stock of $.000001
         par value
        1,000,000,000 Class B common stock of $.000001
         par value
        1,000,000,000 Class C common stock of $.000001
         par value
        3,000,000,000 Class D common stock of $.000001
         par value
        1,000,000,000 Class E common stock of $.000001
         par value
        43,000,000,000 undesignated common stock of
         $.000001 par value
<CAPTION>
                                                         MARCH 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                           1998         1997
                                                        ----------- ------------
                                                        (UNAUDITED)
      <S>                                               <C>         <C>
      Issued and Outstanding as of March 31, 1998:
        20,735,300 Class A shares (20,735,300 as of
         December 31, 1997)...........................      $20         $20
        34,050,000 Class B shares (33,750,000 as of
         December 31, 1997)...........................       34          34
        33,750,000 Class C shares (33,750,000 as of
         December 31, 1997)...........................       34          34
        22,058,800 Class D shares (22,058,800 as of
         December 31, 1997)...........................       22          22
        125,000 Class E shares (nil as of December 31,
         1997)........................................      -- *        --
</TABLE>
- --------
* Amount less than $1.
 
  As discussed in Note 1, on January 21, 1998, GCL effected a 100 for 1 stock
split of each of the Class A, B, C and D common stock and undesignated stock
and amended the par value of each share of common stock from $.0001 per share
to $.000001 per share. Class A shares, Class B shares and Class C shares all
have voting rights. On March 25, 1997, GCL issued 7,500,000 Class A shares,
33,750,000 Class B shares and 33,750,000 Class C shares for $1 per share,
resulting in aggregate proceeds of $75 million. As discussed in Note 7, in
addition to the 7,500,000 Class A shares issued to the preference shareholders
for cash, in connection with the issuance of the preference shares, a total of
13,235,300 Class A shares were distributed to the preference shareholders
representing 15% of the aggregate number of Class A, B and C shares
outstanding. In addition, warrants to acquire a maximum of 5% of the fully
diluted common stock of GCL were issued into escrow for the benefit of the
holders of preference shares. All or a portion of the warrants may be
exercised at a price of $.01 per share if the preference shares are
outstanding on April 1, 2001. Effective January 21, 1998, GCL authorized
1,000,000,000 of new Class E non-voting shares.
 
  Certain of the Class B shareholders were issued a total of 22,058,800 Class
D shares. Of the $33,750,000 of proceeds received from the issuance of Class B
shares, $2,500,000 was allocated to the Class D shares representing the
estimated fair value of the Class D shares based on an independent valuation.
Class D shares are non-voting shares which carry special preference rights on
the cash distributions made by GCL. Class D shareholders will receive cash
distributions to common shareholders equal to 10% of the fully-diluted equity
of GCL once the internal rate of return to Class C shareholders exceeds 10%,
and increasing to 20% of the fully-diluted equity of GCL once the internal
rate of return to Class C shareholders exceeds 30% of the fully-diluted equity
of GCL. Effective January 21, 1998, Class D shareholders have the option to
convert each Class D share into one Class E share upon payment to GCL of $2.20
per share or are entitled to a fraction of a Class E share
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
             (DATE OF INCEPTION) AND MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
based upon a valuation at the time of such conversion, together with a warrant
to purchase the remaining fraction of such Class E share at an exercise price
based upon such market valuation.
 
  During the three months ended March 31, 1998, the Company issued, at a price
of $1 per share, 300,000 Class B shares and 125,000 Class E shares to
employees of GCL resulting in an increase in shareholders' equity of $425,000.
 
9. STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
  On January 21, 1998, GCL adopted the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan ("the Plan")
which provides for the granting of non-qualified stock options to key officers
and employees of GCL at the discretion of the compensation committee or Board
of Directors. As of March 31, 1998, the maximum number of shares of common
stock which may be issued under the Plan is 8,303,933 shares of Class E common
stock. Generally, options vest equally over a period of three years and expire
ten years from the date of grant.
 
  The following table summarizes the transactions of the company's stock
option plans for the three months ended March 31, 1998:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NUMBER
                                                   WEIGHTED EXERCISABLE WEIGHTED
                                       NUMBER OF   AVERAGE     AS AT     AVERAGE
                                        OPTIONS    EXERCISE  MARCH 31,  REMAINING
                                      OUTSTANDING   PRICE      1998       LIFE
                                      -----------  -------- ----------- ---------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>
Options outstanding as of December
 31, 1997...........................         --       --        --           --
Options granted on January 21, 1998.   2,821,000    $2.50       --      10 years
Forfeited...........................  (1,000,000)   $2.50       --      10 years
Options outstanding as of March 31,
 1998...............................   1,821,000    $2.50       --      10 years
</TABLE>
 
  During the three month period ended March 31, 1998, no options had expired
or were exercised.
 
  As permitted by SFAS 123, the Company has chosen to account for stock
options under APB 25 and accordingly no compensation expense has been
recognized as of March 31, 1998 since the estimated fair value of the stock on
the date the options were granted (January 21, 1998) did not exceed the
exercise price. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based
compensation plans been determined consistent with the SFAS 123 fair value
approach, the impact on the Company's loss applicable to common shareholders
and loss per share would be as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FOR THE
                                                                  THREE MONTHS
                                                                  ENDED MARCH
                                                                    31, 1998
                                                                  ------------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                               <C>
Net loss applicable to common shareholders:
  As reported.................................................... $(14,538,926)
  Pro forma......................................................  (14,670,874)
Basic net loss per share:
  As reported.................................................... $      (0.13)
  Pro forma......................................................        (0.13)
Fully diluted net loss per share:
  As reported.................................................... $      (0.11)
  Pro forma......................................................        (0.11)
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
 
  The fair value of options for purposes of the SFAS 123 disclosure is
estimated on the date of grant using the minimum value method with the
following weighted average assumptions: no dividend yield, risk-free interest
rates of 5.45% and an average expected life of 4 years. The estimated fair
value of the options granted on January 21, 1998 was $0.49 per share.
 
10. FORMATION OF GLOBAL CROSSING HOLDINGS LTD.
 
  On March 18, 1998, GCL formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Global Crossing
Ltd. (New GCL), a Bermuda company, and contributed its investment in GTH to
New GCL. New GCL is currently in the process of forming a wholly-owned
subsidiary, to be named Global Crossing Holdings Ltd. (GCH), a Bermuda
company. New GCL will contribute its investment in GTH to GCH upon its
formation.
 
  Because GCL and New GCL are entities under common control, the transfer by
GCL to New GCL of its investment in GTH was accounted for similar to a pooling
of interests. The anticipated transfer of New GCL's investment in GTH to GCH
will also be accounted for similar to a pooling of interests. Accordingly, the
summarized financial information of GCH presented below reflects the accounts
of GTH and its subsidiaries retroactive to inception of GTH (March 24, 1997).
GCL, New GCL and GTH will each provide a guarantee of the senior unsecured
notes to be issued by GCH as discussed under the Refinancing heading of Note
15. Additionally, Global Crossing International, Inc. ("GCI"), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of GCH that provides marketing and development services to GCL,
along with its wholly-owned subsidiaries will also provide guarantees of the
senior unsecured notes to be issued by GCH. All guarantees will be full,
unconditional, joint and several.
 
                                     F-19
<PAGE>
 
                   GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                   AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
  (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                    19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
 
            SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF GCH AND GUARANTORS:
                              ($ AMOUNTS IN '000S)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTOR ELIMINATION     GCL
                            GCL       GCH     SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES    ENTRIES   CONSOLIDATED
AS OF MARCH 31, 1998      --------  --------  ------------ ------------- ----------- ------------
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Current assets..........  $    340  $  2,182    $ 22,919     $ 29,581     $    (339)   $ 54,683
Construction in pro-
 gress..................       --        --       13,944      607,961           --      621,905
Investment in subsidi-
 ary....................    59,541    69,164     275,878          --       (404,583)        --
Deferred finance costs,
 net....................       228       148      10,189       14,389            21      24,975
Current liabilities.....       102    11,953       8,759       53,800          (318)     74,296
Long term debt..........       --        --          --       305,508           --      305,508
Senior Notes............       --        --      150,000          --            --      150,000
Obligations under Inland
 Service Agreements.....       --        --          --        16,745           --       16,745
Mandatorily redeemable
 preference shares......       --        --       95,007          --            --       95,007
Shareholders' equity....  $ 60,007  $ 59,541    $ 69,164     $275,878     $(404,583)   $ 60,007
FOR THE THREE MONTHS
 ENDED
 MARCH 31, 1998
Interest income.........  $    --   $    --     $    230     $    116     $     --     $    346
Operating expenses......       128        23       9,190        1,136           --       10,477
                          --------  --------    --------     --------     ---------    --------
Net loss................      (128)      (23)     (8,960)      (1,020)          --      (10,131)
Equity in loss from sub-
 sidiary................   (14,411)  (14,388)     (1,020)         --         29,819         --
Preference share divi-
 dends..................       --        --       (4,408)         --            --       (4,408)
                          --------  --------    --------     --------     ---------    --------
Net loss applicable to
 common shareholders....  $(14,539) $(14,411)   $(14,388)    $ (1,020)    $  29,819    $(14,539)
                          ========  ========    ========     ========     =========    ========
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
Current assets..........  $     33  $     12    $ 21,307     $  6,597     $    (205)   $ 27,744
Construction in
 progress...............       --        --        9,014      514,607           --      523,621
Investment in
 subsidiary.............    73,952    73,940     276,897          --       (424,789)        --
Deferred finance costs,
 net....................       208       --       10,619       15,107           --       25,934
Current liabilities.....        72       --        3,253       76,880          (205)     80,000
Long term debt..........       --        --          --       162,325           --      162,325
Senior Notes............       --        --      150,000          --            --      150,000
Obligations under Inland
 Service Agreements.....       --        --          --        20,209           --       20,209
Mandatorily redeemable
 preference shares......       --        --       90,644          --            --       90,644
Shareholders' equity....  $ 74,121  $ 73,952    $ 73,940     $276,897     $(424,789)   $ 74,121
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
 
                   GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                   AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
  (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                    19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
      SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF GCH AND GUARANTORS (CONTINUED):
                              ($ AMOUNTS IN '000S)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               GUARANTOR   NON-GUARANTOR ELIMINATION     GCL
                            GCL       GCH     SUBSIDIARIES SUBSIDIARIES    ENTRIES   CONSOLIDATED
                          --------  --------  ------------ ------------- ----------- ------------
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
FOR THE PERIOD FROM
 MARCH 19, 1997 TO
 DECEMBER 31, 1997
Interest income.........  $    --   $    --     $    556      $ 2,385      $   --      $  2,941
Operating expenses......        42       --          200        2,859          --         3,101
                          --------  --------    --------      -------      -------     --------
Net income (loss).......       (42)      --          356         (474)         --          (160)
Equity in loss of
 subsidiary.............   (12,808)  (12,808)       (474)         --        26,090
Preference share
 dividends..............       --        --      (12,690)         --           --       (12,690)
                          --------  --------    --------      -------      -------     --------
Net loss applicable to
 common shareholders....  $(12,850) $(12,808)   $(12,808)     $  (474)     $26,090     $(12,850)
                          ========  ========    ========      =======      =======     ========
FOR THE PERIOD FROM
 MARCH 19, 1997 TO MARCH
 31, 1998
Interest income.........  $    --   $    --     $    786      $ 2,501      $   --      $  3,287
Operating expenses......       170        23       9,390        3,995          --        13,578
                          --------  --------    --------      -------      -------     --------
Net loss................      (170)      (23)     (8,604)      (1,494)         --       (10,291)
Equity in loss from sub-
 sidiary................   (27,219)  (27,196)     (1,494)         --        55,909          --
Preference share divi-
 dends..................       --        --      (17,098)         --           --       (17,098)
                          --------  --------    --------      -------      -------     --------
Net loss applicable to
 common shareholders....  $(27,389) $(27,219)   $(27,196)     $(1,494)     $55,909     $(27,389)
                          ========  ========    ========      =======      =======     ========
</TABLE>
 
11. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
  The following table presents the carrying amounts and fair values of the
Company's financial instruments:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   MARCH 31,                   DECEMBER 31,
                                     1998                          1997
                          ----------------------------  ----------------------------
                            CARRYING         FAIR         CARRYING         FAIR
                             AMOUNT          VALUE         AMOUNT          VALUE
                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                           (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Restricted cash and cash
 equivalents............  $  39,180,447  $  39,180,447  $  25,275,196  $  25,275,196
Short term borrowings...    (11,929,750)   (11,929,750)           --             --
Long term debt and
 obligations under
 Inland Services
 Agreements.............   (334,965,937)  (334,965,937)  (200,625,000)  (200,625,000)
Preference shares.......    (95,007,302)   (95,007,302)   (90,643,919)   (90,643,919)
Senior Notes............   (150,000,000)  (150,000,000)  (150,000,000)  (150,000,000)
Interest rate swap
 transaction............            --        (321,070)           --        (115,115)
</TABLE>
 
Restricted cash and cash
 equivalents...................  The carrying amount of restricted cash and
                                 cash equivalents is a reasonable estimate of
                                 fair value as the balances include amounts
                                 held in banks and money market deposits with
                                 a short-term maturity.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
 
Short term borrowings..........  The carrying value of short term borrowings
                                 approximates fair value as the borrowings are
                                 repayable within three months.
 
Long term debt and obligations
 under Inland Services
 Agreements....................  The Credit Facility is a special financing
                                 for the construction of the System, and the
                                 interest rates provided under the existing
                                 Credit Facility are the best estimate of cur-
                                 rent market rates available to ACL for fi-
                                 nancing with similar terms. Obligations under
                                 Inland Services Agreements are recorded at
                                 their present value using a weighted average
                                 interest rate of the Credit Facility, prefer-
                                 ence shares, and Senior Notes.
 
                                 Since the preference shares are a special fi-
Preference shares..............  nancing for the construction of the System,
                                 the dividend rates provided under the exist-
                                 ing preference share agreement are the best
                                 estimate of current market rates available
                                 for financing with similar terms and redemp-
                                 tion provisions.
 
Senior Notes...................  Since the Senior Notes are a special financ-
                                 ing for the construction of the System, the
                                 interest rates provided under the existing
                                 Senior Notes arrangement are the best esti-
                                 mate of current market rates available for
                                 financing with similar terms.
 
Interest rate swap               The interest rate swap transaction is "zero
 transaction...................  cost" meaning that the cost of acquiring the
                                 transaction is embedded in the fixed interest
                                 rate paid. As the transaction is accounted
                                 for as a hedge against interest rate fluctua-
                                 tions on the long term debt there is no car-
                                 rying value. The fair value is a mid-market
                                 valuation provided by CIBC.
 
12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
  ACL has entered into an Advisory Services Agreement ("ASA") with PCG
Telecom, an affiliate of Pacific Capital Group, Inc. ("PCG"), a shareholder of
GCL. Under the ASA, PCG Telecom provides ACL with advice in respect of the
development and maintenance of the System, development and implementation of
marketing and pricing strategies and the preparation of business plans and
budgets. As compensation for its advisory services, PCG Telecom receives 2% of
the Company's gross revenues, subject to certain restrictions, with the first
such payment occurring at the System RFS date. Advances on fees payable under
the ASA are being paid to PCG Telecom at a rate of 1% on signed CPAs until the
System RFS date. Approximately $2 million had been advanced to PCG Telecom as
of March 31, 1998 and is reflected in other assets and prepaid costs in the
accompanying balance sheets.
 
  Effective January 21, 1998, GCL entered into a warrant agreement under which
PCG was issued three separate warrants permitting PCG to purchase (i)
6,151,061 of GCL's Class B shares for an aggregate price of $50,000,000; (ii)
an additional 3,075,531 of the GCL's Class B shares for an aggregate price of
$31,250,000; and (iii) an additional 3,075,531 of GCL's Class B shares for an
aggregate price of $37,500,000. These warrants are intended to entitle PCG to
acquire, in addition to their ownership, 10% of the issued stock of GCL, as of
the date these warrants were issued. Exercise of these warrants is contingent
upon an initial public offering of GCL shares and the achievement of certain
performance levels in the new projects undertaken by the Company.
 
  $7,250,000 in fees were paid to PCG and certain of its key executives, who
are shareholders of GCL, and another shareholder for services provided in
respect of obtaining the Credit Facility, Senior Notes and preference
 
                                     F-22
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
share financing. Of the fees paid, $5,523,775 was allocated to the Credit
Facility and Senior Notes and recorded as deferred finance costs, $986,725 was
allocated to the preference shares and recorded as a reduction in the carrying
value of the preference shares and $739,500 was recorded as common stock
issuance costs and is included in the approximately $1.3 million which is
reflected as a reduction in additional paid-in capital.
 
  GCL has paid CIBC and affiliates ("CIBC"), a shareholder, approximately $25
million in fees related to the financing obtained under the Senior Notes,
Credit Facility, and the issuance of preference shares. Of the fees incurred,
approximately $6.2 million related to underwriting and commitment fees
pertaining to the issuance of the preference shares and were recorded as a
reduction in the carrying value of the preference shares, approximately $9.2
million related to underwriting, commitment and advisory fees in connection
with the issuance of the Senior Notes and approximately $9.6 million related
to fees associated with obtaining the Credit Facility which were recorded as
deferred finance costs. As of March 31, 1998 CIBC held 17,218 outstanding
preference shares (25,636 as of December 31, 1997), and $9 million in Senior
Notes. CIBC is also a member of the syndicate funding the Credit Facility
under which GCL has borrowings of $305,508,000 ($162,325,000 as of December
31, 1997), as of March 31, 1998 and has been paid interest and other related
fees in the amount of approximately $9.8 million ($4.2 million as of December
31, 1997).
 
13. TAXES
 
  Since the Company has not recognized any income to date, no tax provision
has been reflected in the consolidated financial statements.
 
14. COMMITMENTS
 
  As of March 31, 1998, ACL was committed under its contract with TSSL for
future construction costs totaling approximately $112 million ($195 million as
of December 31, 1997) and is committed under the OA&M contract with TSSL to
quarterly payments totaling approximately $260 million ($263 million as of
December 31, 1997) over the next eight years. The Company is committed to
paying TSSL commissions ranging from 4% to 7% on revenues received.
 
  GCL and its subsidiaries have commitments under various operating leases
primarily relating to its office facility in Bermuda as well as floor space
and conduit leases in the Netherlands and Germany. Rent expense for operating
leases was $41,309 since inception and $26,556 for the three months ended
March 31, 1998. The leases in the Netherlands and Germany are generally for a
period of 25 years. Estimated future minimum lease payments on all operating
leases are approximately as follows:
 
<TABLE>
       <S>                                                          <C>
       For the nine months ended December 31, 1998................. $ 1,158,000
       1999........................................................   1,594,000
       2000........................................................   1,621,000
       2001........................................................   1,647,000
       Thereafter..................................................  17,350,000
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-23
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
 
15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
 New projects
 
  Effective April 21, 1998, GCL, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, GCT
Pacific Holdings Ltd., which was incorporated on April 1, 1998, entered into a
contract with TSSL to construct a cable system project, PC-1, for a contract
price of approximately $1 billion. PC-1 is an undersea fiber optic cable
system connecting California, Washington and two landing sites in Japan. PC-1
will be owned and operated by Pacific Crossing Ltd., a joint venture company,
of which GCT Pacific Holdings Ltd. will have at least a 50% equity interest
pursuant to the equity contribution agreement and the shareholders agreement
signed on April 9, 1998. Pursuant to the equity contribution agreement, GCT
Pacific Holdings Ltd. intends to contribute as equity to Pacific Crossing Ltd.
$200 million of the proceeds from the refinancing discussed below. To finance
construction of PC-1, Pacific Crossing Ltd. has signed a commitment to obtain
a $850 million senior secured, limited recourse, credit facility from CIBC and
other lenders, comprised of a $475 million seven year term loan, a $325
million eight year term loan and a $50 million seven year working capital
revolving credit facility. GCL has borrowed approximately $50 million from the
Bridge Facility to place in escrow as security for a $50.5 million promissory
note issued by CIBC and other lenders to be used by Pacific Crossing Ltd. to
make the initial payment on the PC-1 construction contract. Upon the funding
of the $850 million credit facility a portion of the facility will be used to
repay the $50.5 million promissory note.
 
  Also, effective April 5, 1998, GCL, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Mid-
Atlantic Crossing Ltd., has signed an "intent to proceed" agreement with
Alcatel Submarine Networks for the construction of MAC, an undersea fiber
optic cable system connecting New York, Bermuda, the Caribbean and Florida.
 
Backhaul Capacity Purchases
 
  During April 1998, the Company signed several Inland Services Agreements to
Purchase Backhaul Capacity. In accordance with Note 2(f), the Company will
capitalize the approximately $59 million present value of future payments
under these agreements as part of construction in progress in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets.
 
Stock options
 
  On April 3, 1998, the Board of Directors approved the issuance of 3,705,000
options under the Plan at an exercise price of $2.50 per share, generally with
a three year vesting period and a ten year expiration.
 
Refinancing
 
  On May 18, 1998, GCH issued $800 million of senior unsecured notes for the
purpose of purchasing the Senior Notes, redeeming the outstanding preference
shares, repaying amounts drawn under the Bridge Facility, and financing the
new projects. The Company recognized a loss on refinancing in May, 1998
comprising a premium of approximately $9.8 million payable to repurchase the
Senior Notes and a write-off of approximately $10.2 of unamortized deferred
financing costs. The redemption of the preference shares is expected to occur
on
 
                                     F-24
<PAGE>
 
                  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD., LDC AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
                  AS OF MARCH 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997
 (INFORMATION FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1998, FOR THE PERIOD MARCH
                                   19, 1997
   (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1997, AND CUMULATIVE FROM MARCH 19, 1997
              (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO MARCH 31, 1998 IS UNAUDITED)
                          (EXPRESSED IN U.S. DOLLARS)
 
June 17, 1998 and will result in a charge against additional paid-in capital
comprising approximately a $16.1 million redemption premium and the write-off
of $18.7 million of unamortized discount and issuance cost on the preference
shares on the date of the redemption. Pursuant to the senior unsecured notes
agreement, several of GCH's wholly-owned subsidiaries provided guarantees of
these notes as described in Note 10, and additionally, these same guarantors
along with ACL and its subsidiaries are restricted in respect of, among other
things, the ability to pay dividends.
 
                                     F-25
<PAGE>
 
                       GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS
 
  Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference in this Prospectus to
any agreement shall mean such agreement and all schedules, exhibits and
attachments thereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the
date of this Prospectus. All terms defined herein used or the singular shall
have the same meanings when used in the plural and vice versa.
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                                <S>
 Amplifier:                         A device used to boost the strength of an
                                     electronic or optical signal, which is
                                     weakened (attenuated) as it passes through
                                     the transport network. Amplifiers add gain
                                     to the signal by an amount equal to the
                                     loss in the previous section of the
                                     network since last amplification.
 Backhaul Capacity:                 Capacity on terrestrial fiber optic cables
                                     from undersea cable landing stations to
                                     metropolitan areas.
 Band:                              A range of frequencies between two defined
                                     limits.
 Bandwidth:                         A measure of capacity of information-
                                     carrying capacity on a communications
                                     channel. 1) The difference between the
                                     high and low frequencies of a transmission
                                     band, expressed in cycles per second
                                     (Hertz) or in wavelengths (nanometers). It
                                     is a measure of raw capacity without
                                     compression or coding of the information
                                     signal. A voice transmission requires
                                     about 3 KHz and a TV channel about 6 MHz.
                                     2) Transmission capacity is expressed in
                                     bits per second. For example megabits per
                                     second (Mbps) is a bit rate expressed in
                                     millions of bits per second while gigabits
                                     per second (Gbps) is a bit rate expressed
                                     in billions.
                                    .  Narrowband: Less than or equal to 64-
                                       kbps
                                    .  Wideband: Digital rates between 64-kbps
                                       and 1.544-Mbps (DS1) or 2.048-Mbps
                                       (E1)--LANs, bulk files transfer, video
                                       conferencing, and multimedia.
                                    .  Broadband: Greater than 44.736-Mbps (D3)
                                       or 34.368-Mbps (E3)
 Bit:                               A binary unit of information that can have
                                     either of two values, 0 or 1. Contraction
                                     of binary digit:
                                     . KILOBIT = 1,000 bits
                                     . MEGABIT = 1 million bits
                                     . GIGABIT = 1 billion bits
                                     . TERABIT = 1 trillion bits
 Broadband:                         A transmission channel usually carrying a
                                     tremendous amount of information at
                                     transmission speeds of 45 Mbps (45,000,000
                                     bits per second) or greater. Some
                                     facilities have transmission speeds in the
                                     billion of bits (gigabits per second or
                                     Gbps).
                                    1. A communications channel with bandwidth
                                      sufficiently large to carry voice, data
                                      and video on a single channel.
                                    2. Any voice communications channel having
                                      a bandwidth greater than a voice grade
                                      channel.
                                    . A bandwidth of 45 Mbps can carry 672
                                         voice connections.
                                    . In theory up to 64 telephone grade
                                       communication channels can be carried on
                                       one 6 MHz broadband channel.
</TABLE>
 
                                     GL-1
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                                <S>
 Carrier:                           1. A third party provider of communications
                                      services by wire, fiber or radio.
                                    . Common Carrier: A private company
                                       offering facilities or services to the
                                       general public on a non-discriminatory
                                       basis and regulated as to market entry,
                                       practices, and rates by various Federal
                                       and State authorities.
                                    . Private Carrier: Services provided for
                                       internal use and free of most common
                                       carrier regulations to allow
                                       discrimination in service provision or
                                       pricing.
                                    2. A signal that is modulated in order to
                                     transmit information.
</TABLE>
 
                               T-Carrier System:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          NR OF T1 NR VOICE
                                          -------- -------- BIT STREAM
                   SIGNAL TYPE            SIGNALS  CHANNELS    (MHZ)
                   -----------            -------- -------- ----------
                   <S>                    <C>      <C>      <C>
                    T1...................     1        24      1.544
                    T1C..................     2        48      3.152
                    T2...................     4        96      6.321
                    T3...................    28       672     44.736
                    T4...................   168     4,032    274.760
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                                <S>
 Common Carrier:                    A business authorized by the FCC to provide
                                     communications services by wire or radio
                                     from place to place without influence of
                                     content. Services are provided to the
                                     public on a non-discriminatory basis, and
                                     are regulated by Title II of the
                                     Communications Act of 1934. Regulatory
                                     agencies are the FCC and state public
                                     utility commissions.
                                    .  Non-dominant carrier is one which has
                                       insufficient market power to practice
                                       anti-competitive pricing.
                                    .  Private carriers are not regulated by
                                       government agencies and may charge
                                       whatever the market will bear.
 Compression:                       Algorithm that minimizes the redundancy in
                                     the signal to be transmitted.
 Digital:                           Describes a method of storing, processing
                                     and transmitting information through the
                                     use of distinct electronic or optic pulses
                                     representing the binary digits 0 and 1. In
                                     communications they will modify a carrier
                                     at a selected frequency. The precise
                                     signal transitions preclude any distortion
                                     such as graininess or snow in the case of
                                     video transmission, or static or other
                                     background distortion in the case of audio
                                     transmission.
 Digital Transmission:              Method of storing, processing and
                                     transmitting information through the use
                                     of distinct electronic or optical pulses
                                     that represent the binary digits 0 and 1.
                                     Digital transmission and switching
                                     technologies employ a sequence of these
                                     pulses to represent information as opposed
                                     to a continuously variable analog signal.
                                     The precise digital numbers preclude any
                                     distortion such as graininess or snow in
                                     the case of video transmission, or static
                                     or other background distortion in the case
                                     of audio transmission.
</TABLE>
 
                                      GL-2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                                 <S>
 Doped Fibers:                       Various impurities may be added to silica-
                                      based fiber-optic strands as they are
                                      constructed to achieve specifically
                                      desired transmission or physical
                                      properties.
                                     .  Erbium-Doped Optical Fiber Amplifier
                                        (EDFA) optical amplifiers use a section
                                        of optical fiber doped with the rare
                                        earth erbium and optically pumped with
                                        a laser diode. It can amplify a range
                                        of wavelengths at the same time
                                        surrounding a base wavelength of 1550
                                        nm.
                                     .  Praseodymium-doped fibers produce a
                                        signal gain of 30 dB in 1310 nm fibers.
 DS1:                                A digital transmission hierarchy
                                      supporting 1.544 million bits per second
                                      that may be used for "near full-motion"
                                      or compressed video, data or voice
                                      circuits (24, 48 or 96).
 DWDM (Dense Wavelength Division
  Multiplexing):                     A technique which employs more than one
                                      light source and detector operating at
                                      different wavelengths and simultaneously
                                      transmits optical signals through the
                                      same fiber while message integrity of
                                      each signal is preserved.
 EDFA (Erbium Doped Fiber            A purely optical (as opposed to
  Amplifier):                         electronic) device used to boost an
                                      optical signal. It contains several
                                      meters of glass fiber doped with erbium
                                      ions. When the erbium ions are excited to
                                      a higher energy state, the doped fiber
                                      changes from a passive medium to an
                                      active amplifying medium.
 Fiber Kilometers:                   The number of route kilometers installed
                                      multiplied by the number of fiber strands
                                      along the path.
 Gbps (Gigabit per second):          A data rate of 1 Gbps corresponds to 1,000
                                      million bits per second.
 Internet:                           A fabric of interconnected computer
                                      networks, originally known as the DARPA
                                      network (Defense Advanced Research
                                      Projects Agency) connecting government
                                      and academic sites. It currently links
                                      about 50 million people world-wide who
                                      use it for everything from scientific
                                      research to simple E-Mail.
 ISP:                                Independent service provider.
 ITU (International
  Telecommunications
  Union):                            The ITU is an intergovernmental agency of
                                      the United Nations within which the
                                      public and private sectors cooperate for
                                      the development of telecommunications.
                                      The ITU adopts international regulations
                                      governing the use of the radio spectrum
                                      and develops standards to facilitate the
                                      interconnection of telecommunications
                                      systems on a worldwide basis. It is
                                      headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland. In
                                      1996, the ITU comprised 185 Member States
                                      and 363 members (scientific and
                                      industrial companies, public and private
                                      operators, broadcasters, regional and
                                      international organizations active in
                                      three sectors: Radio communications,
                                      Standardization and Development).
</TABLE>
 
                                      GL-3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                                 <S>
 Mbps (Megabit per second):          One Mbps corresponds to a data rate of
                                      1,000,000 bite per second.
 Multimedia:                         The electronic conversation between two or
                                      more people or groups of people in
                                      different places using two or more types
                                      of digitally integrated communication for
                                      voice, sound, text, data, graphics,
                                      video, image or presence at the same
                                      time. Applications include conferencing,
                                      presentations, training, referencing,
                                      games, etc.
 Multiplexing:                       An electronic or optical process that
                                      combines two or more lower bandwidth
                                      transmissions into one higher bandwidth
                                      signal by splitting the total available
                                      bandwidth into narrower bands (frequency
                                      division) or by allotting a common
                                      channel to several transmitting sources
                                      one at a time in sequence (time
                                      division).
 Multipoint:                         Pertaining or referring to a
                                      communications line to which three or
                                      more stations are connected. It implies
                                      that the line physically extends from one
                                      station to another until all are
                                      connected.
 Optical Fibers:                     Thin filaments of glass through which
                                      light beams are transmitted. Enormous
                                      capacity, low-cost, low-power
                                      consumption, small space, lite-weight,
                                      insensitivity to electromagnetic
                                      interference characterize this transport
                                      media.
 PTTs (Post, Telephone and
  Telegraph
  companies):                        International telecommunications carriers
                                      which are generally under the control of
                                      the government in a country that has not
                                      yet privatized its telecommunications
                                      markets.
 Repeater:                           1. Equipment that receives a low-power
                                       signal, possibly converting it from
                                       light to electrical form, amplifying it
                                       or retiming and reconstructing it for
                                       transmission. It may need to be
                                       reconverted to light for retransmission.
                                     2. An optoelectrical device used at each
                                       end and occasionally at intermediate
                                       points of exceptionally long fiber-optic
                                       span. Optical input is converted to
                                       electrical form to restore a clean
                                       signal, which drives lasers that fully
                                       restores the optical signal at the
                                       original signal strength.
 Route Kilometers                    The number of route kilometes installed.
 RFS (Ready for Service):            The data of provisional acceptance or
                                      commercial service of a cable system.
 STM (Synchronous Transfer Mode):    New term for traditional TDM switching to
                                      distinguish it from ATM.
 STM-1:                              The largest standard circuit unit of
                                      capacity, which consists of 155,500 Kbps
                                      (equal to 155 Mbps). Thus, each Gbps
                                      contains enough capacity for 6.4 STM-1
                                      circuits. While capacity is sold to the
                                      largest telecommunications companies in
                                      minimum investment units equal to one
                                      STM-1 unit, most telecommunications
                                      companies buy smaller units at a price
                                      higher than the equivalent STM-1 price.
</TABLE>
 
                                      GL-4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                                <S>
 Wavelength:                        The distance between two crests of a signal
                                     or a carrier and is measured in terms of
                                     meters, millimeters, nanometers, etc. In
                                     lightwave applications, because of the
                                     extremely high frequencies, wavelength is
                                     measured in nanometers.
 xDSL:                              A term referring to a variety of new
                                     Digital Subscriber Line technologies. Some
                                     of these varieties are asymmetric with
                                     different data rates in the downstream and
                                     upstream directions. Others are symmetric.
                                     Downstream speeds range from 384 Kbps (or
                                     "SDSL") to 1.5-8 Mbps (or "ADSL").
</TABLE>
 
                                      GL-5
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER CONTAINED HEREIN AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR BY ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES
NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OF ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH IT RELATES
OR AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THOSE TO WHICH IT
RELATES IN ANY STATE TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS NOT LAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER
IN SUCH STATE. THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS AT ANY TIME DOES NOT IMPLY THAT
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS
DATE.
 
                                  -----------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Service of Process and Enforcement of Liabilities.........................    ii
Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements..........................    ii
Summary...................................................................     1
Risk Factors..............................................................    12
Use of Proceeds...........................................................    20
Dividend Policy...........................................................    20
Dilution..................................................................    20
Capitalization............................................................    21
Selected Consolidated Financial Data......................................    22
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations...............................................................    24
Business..................................................................    29
Management................................................................    41
Principal Stockholders....................................................    46
Certain Transactions......................................................    48
Description of Capital Stock..............................................    50
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...........................................    50
Description of Certain Indebtedness.......................................    52
Tax Considerations........................................................    54
Underwriting..............................................................    59
Legal Matters.............................................................    62
Experts...................................................................    62
Available Information.....................................................    62
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................   F-1
Glossary of Certain Defined Terms.........................................  GL-1
</TABLE>
 
  UNTIL        , 1998 (25 DAYS AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING), ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN
THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                          SHARES
 
                              GLOBAL CROSSING LTD.
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                             LOGO GLOBAL CROSSING
 
                                    -------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                               DATED      , 1998
 
                                    -------
 
                              SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
 
                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
 
                                CIBC OPPENHEIMER
 
                           MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
 
                            DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED       , 1998
 
PROSPECTUS
                                            SHARES
                              
                          LOGO  GLOBAL CROSSING LTD.
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                   --------
 
  All of the shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, offered hereby
(the "Shares") are being sold by Global Crossing Ltd., a Bermuda company ("GCL"
or the "Issuer" and, together with its subsidiaries, "Global Crossing" or the
"Company"). Of the            Shares being offered,            Shares are being
offered by the International Underwriters (as defined herein) in an
international offering outside the United States and Canada (the "International
Offering") and    Shares are being offered by the U.S. Underwriters (as defined
herein) in a concurrent offering in the United States and Canada (the "U.S.
Offering") subject to transfers between the International Underwriters and the
U.S. Underwriters (collectively, the "Underwriters"). The Price to Public and
Underwriting Discount per Share will be identical for the International
Offering and the U.S. Offering. See "Underwriting." The closing of the
International Offering and U.S. Offering are conditioned upon each other.
 
  Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Issuer. It is currently estimated that the Price to Public will be
between $         and $        per share. See "Underwriting" for information
relating to the factors considered in determining the Price to Public.
 
  Application has been made to have the Common Stock listed on the Nasdaq Stock
Market's National Market (the "Nasdaq National Market") under the symbol
"GBLXF."
 
                                   --------
 
  SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 12 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
WHICH SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE SHARES OFFERED
HEREBY.
 
                                   --------
 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
   SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.   ANY
      REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      PRICE TO           UNDERWRITING         PROCEEDS TO
                                       PUBLIC    DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS(1) COMPANY (2)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>                          <C>
Per Share                               $                    $                   $
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)                             $                   $                    $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
     liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. See "Underwriting."
 (2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated at $       .
 (3) The Company has granted to the U.S. Underwriters and the International
     Underwriters 30-day options to purchase up to an aggregate of
     additional shares of Common Stock at the Price to Public, less
     Underwriting Discounts and Commissions, solely to cover over-allotments,
     if any. If the Underwriters exercise such options in full, the total
     Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to
     Company will be $           , $           and $           , respectively.
     See "Underwriting."
 
                                   --------
 
  The Shares are offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the Underwriters,
to prior sale and to such Underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or
in part and to withdraw, cancel or modify the offer without notice. It is
expected that delivery of the Shares will be made at the offices of Smith
Barney Inc. at 333 West 34th Street, New York, New York 10001 or through the
facilities of The Depository Trust Company (the "Depository") on or about
             , 1998.
 
                                   --------
 
        Joint Book-Running Managers
 
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INTERNATIONAL                              CIBC OPPENHEIMER
                          MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
 
MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER       DEUTSCHE BANK       GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
 
The date of this Prospectus is              , 1998.
<PAGE>
 
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
 
                                 UNDERWRITING
 
 
  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement
among the Company and the International Underwriters (the "International
Underwriting Agreement"), the Company has agreed to sell to each of the
International Underwriters named below (the "International Underwriters"), and
each of the International Underwriters, for whom Salomon Smith Barney
International, Merrill Lynch International, CIBC Oppenheimer Corp., Morgan
Stanley & Co. International Limited, Deutsche Bank AG (London Branch) and
Goldman Sachs International are acting as the representatives (the
"International Representatives"), has severally agreed to purchase the number
of Shares set forth opposite its name below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     UNDERWRITING
   INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS                                         COMMITMENT
   --------------------------                                        ------------
   <S>                                                               <C>
   Salomon Smith Barney International...............................
   Merrill Lynch International......................................
   CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. ..........................................
   Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited.......................
   Deutsche Bank AG (London Branch).................................
   Goldman Sachs International......................................
                                                                        -----
     Total..........................................................
                                                                        =====
</TABLE>
 
  The Company has been advised by the International Representatives that the
several International Underwriters initially propose to offer such Shares to
the public at the Price to Public set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in
excess of $    per Share. The International Underwriters may allow, and such
dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess of $.   per Share to other
dealers. After the Offerings, the Price to Public and such concessions may be
changed.
 
  The Company has granted to the International Underwriters and the U.S.
underwriters (the "U.S. Underwriters" and, collectively with the International
Underwriters, the "Underwriters") options, exercisable during the 30-day
period after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to      additional
shares of Common Stock from the Company at the Price to Public less the
Underwriting Discount, solely to cover over-allotments. To the extent that the
International Underwriters and the U.S. Underwriters exercise such options,
each of the International Underwriters and the U.S. Underwriters, as the case
may be, will be committed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number
of option shares proportionate to such International Underwriter's or U.S.
Underwriter's initial commitment.
 
  The Company has entered into a U.S. Underwriting Agreement with the U.S.
Underwriters named therein, for whom Smith Barney Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated, CIBC Oppenheimer Corp., Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are
acting as the representatives (the "U.S. Representatives" and, together with
the International Representatives, the "Representatives") providing for the
concurrent offer and sale of     Shares (in addition to the shares covered by
the over-allotment options described above) in the United States and Canada.
Both the International Underwriting Agreement and the U.S. Underwriting
Agreement provide that the obligations of the International Underwriters and
the U.S. Underwriters are such that if any of the Shares are purchased by the
International Underwriters pursuant to the International Underwriting
Agreement, or by the U.S. Underwriters pursuant to the U.S. Underwriting
Agreement, all the Shares agreed to be purchased by either the International
Underwriters or the U.S. Underwriters, as the case may be, pursuant to their
respective agreements must be so purchased. The Price to Public and
Underwriting Discount per Share for the International Offering and the U.S.
Offering will be identical. The closing of the U.S. Offering is a condition to
the closing of the International Offering and the closing of the International
Offering is a condition to the closing of the U.S. Offering.
 
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
  Each International Underwriter has severally agreed, that, as part of the
distribution of the     Shares offered by the International Underwriters, (i)
it is not purchasing any Shares for the account of any United States or
Canadian Person, (ii) it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell,
directly or indirectly, any Shares or
distribute this Prospectus to any person in the United States or Canada, or to
any United States or Canadian Person and (iii) any dealer to whom it may sell
any Shares will represent that it is not purchasing for the account of any
United States or Canadian Person and agree that it will not offer or resell,
directly or indirectly, any Shares in the United States or Canada, or to any
United States or Canadian Person or to any other dealer who does not so
represent and agree. Each U.S. Underwriter has severally agreed that, as part
of the distribution of the     Shares by the U.S. Underwriters, (i) it is not
purchasing any Shares for the account of anyone other than a United States or
Canadian Person, (ii) it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell,
directly or indirectly, any Shares or distribute any Prospectus relating to
the U.S. Offering to any person outside of the United States or Canada, or to
anyone other than a United States or Canadian Person and (iii) any dealer to
whom it may sell any Shares will represent that it is not purchasing for the
account of anyone other than a United States or Canadian Person and agree that
it will not offer or resell, directly or indirectly, any Shares outside of the
United States or Canada, or to anyone other than a United States or Canadian
Person or to any other dealer who does not so represent and agree.
 
  The foregoing limitations do not apply to stabilization transactions or to
certain other transactions specified in the Agreement Between U.S.
Underwriters and International Underwriters. "United States or Canadian
Person" means any person who is a national or resident of the United States or
Canada, any corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in
or under the laws of the United States or Canada or of any political
subdivision thereof, and any estate or trust the income of which is subject to
United States or Canadian federal income taxation, regardless of its source
(other than any non-United States or non-Canadian branch of any United States
or Canadian Person), and includes any United States or Canadian branch of a
person other than a United States or Canadian Person.
 
  Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. Underwriters and International
Underwriters, sales may be made between the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Underwriters of such number of Shares as may be mutually agreed.
The price of any Shares so sold shall be the Price to Public, less an amount
not greater than the concession to securities dealers. To the extent that
there are sales between the International Underwriters and the U.S.
Underwriters pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. Underwriters and
International Underwriters, the number of Shares initially available for sale
by the International Underwriters or by the U.S. Underwriters may be more or
less than the amount specified on the cover page of this Prospectus.
 
  Each International Underwriter has severally represented and agreed that (i)
it has not offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of six months from the
closing date of the Offerings, will not offer or sell in the United Kingdom
any Shares other than to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in
acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (whether as principal
or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances
which have not resulted in and will not result in an offer to the public
within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 (the
"Regulations"); (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable
provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 and the Regulations with respect
to anything done by it in relation to the Shares in, from or otherwise
involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued or passed on, and
will only issue or pass on, to any person in the United Kingdom any document
received by it in connection with the issue of the Shares to a person who is
of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986
(Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995, or is a person to whom
the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
  Purchasers of the Shares offered hereby may be required to pay stamp taxes
and other charges in accordance with the laws and practices of the country of
purchase in addition to the Price to Public set forth in the cover page
hereof.
 
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
  The International Underwriting Agreement provides that the Company will
indemnify the International Underwriters against certain liabilities and
expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to
payments the International Underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof.
 
  Subject to certain exceptions, the Company, its parent and certain directors
and officers of the Company have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell
or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or announce the offering of
any shares of Common Stock, including any such shares beneficially or
indirectly owned or controlled by the Company, or any securities convertible
into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of Common Stock, for     days
from the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Smith
Barney Inc.
 
  At the Company's request, the U.S. Underwriters have reserved up to
shares of Common Stock (the "Directed Shares") for sale at the Price to Public
to persons who are directors, officers or employees of, or otherwise
associated with, the Company and its affiliates and who have advised the
Company of their desire to purchase such Shares. The number of Shares of
Common Stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the
extent of sales of Directed Shares to any of the persons for whom they have
been reserved. Any Shares not so purchased will be offered by the U.S.
Underwriters on the same basis as all other Shares offered hereby.
 
  In connection with the Offerings and in compliance with applicable law, the
Underwriters may overallot (i.e., sell more Shares than the total amount shown
on the list of Underwriters and participations which appears above) and may
effect transactions which stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market
price of the shares at levels above those which might otherwise prevail in the
open market. Such transactions may include placing bids for the Shares or
effecting purchases of the Shares for the purpose of pegging, fixing or
maintaining the price of the Shares or for the purpose of reducing a syndicate
short position created in connection with the offering. A syndicate short
position may be covered by exercise of the option described above in lieu of
or in addition to open market purchases. In addition, the contractual
arrangements among the Underwriters include a provision whereby, if the
Representatives purchase Shares in the open market for the account of the
underwriting syndicate and the securities purchased can be traced to a
particular Underwriter or member of the selling group, the underwriting
syndicate may require the Underwriter or selling group member in question to
purchase the Shares in question at the cost price to the syndicate or may
recover from (or decline to pay to) the Underwriter or selling group member in
question the selling concession applicable to the securities in question. The
Underwriters are not required to engage in any of these activities and any
such activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
  Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. The Price to Public was determined by negotiations between the Company
and the Representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the Price
to Public were prevailing market conditions, the market values of publicly
traded companies that the Underwriters believed to be somewhat comparable to
the Company, the demand for the Shares and for similar securities of publicly
traded companies that the Underwriters believed to be somewhat comparable to
the Company, the future prospects of the Company and its industry in general,
sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information of the
Company in recent periods, and other factors deemed relevant. There can be no
assurance that the prices at which the Shares will sell in the public market
after the Offerings will not be lower than the Price to Public.
 
  The Underwriters and certain of their affiliates have provided and may in
the future provide investment banking and other financial services to the
Company and certain of its affiliates for which they receive customary fees.
Affiliates of CIBC Oppenheimer have engaged in certain related-party
transactions with the Company, including as a lender under the AC-1 Credit
Facility. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Certain Transactions."
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER CONTAINED HEREIN AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR BY ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES
NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OF ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH IT RELATES
OR AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THOSE TO WHICH IT
RELATES IN ANY STATE TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS NOT LAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER
IN SUCH STATE. THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS AT ANY TIME DOES NOT IMPLY THAT
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS
DATE.
 
                                  -----------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Service of Process and Enforcement of Liabilities.........................    ii
Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements..........................    ii
Summary...................................................................     1
Risk Factors..............................................................    12
Use of Proceeds...........................................................    20
Dividend Policy...........................................................    20
Dilution..................................................................    20
Capitalization............................................................    21
Selected Consolidated Financial Data......................................    22
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations...............................................................    24
Business..................................................................    29
Management................................................................    41
Principal Stockholders....................................................    46
Certain Transactions......................................................    48
Description of Capital Stock..............................................    50
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...........................................    50
Description of Certain Indebtedness.......................................    52
Tax Considerations........................................................    54
Underwriting..............................................................    59
Legal Matters.............................................................    62
Experts...................................................................    62
Available Information.....................................................    62
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................   F-1
Glossary of Certain Defined Terms.........................................  GL-1
</TABLE>
 
  UNTIL        , 1998 (25 DAYS AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING), ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN
THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                          SHARES
 
                              GLOBAL CROSSING LTD.
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                             LOGO GLOBAL CROSSING
 
                                    -------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                               DATED      , 1998
 
                                    -------
 
                       SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INTERNATIONAL
 
                          MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
 
                                CIBC OPPENHEIMER
 
                           MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
 
                                 DEUTSCHE BANK
 
                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                  INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
  The registrant estimates that expenses in connection with the offering
described in this Registration Statement will be as follows:
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                               <C>
      SEC registration fee............................................. $90,910
      NASD filing fee*.................................................
      National Market listing fee*.....................................
      Printing and engraving expenses*.................................
      Legal fees and expenses*.........................................
      Accounting fees and expenses*....................................
      Blue Sky fees and expenses*......................................
      Transfer agent and registrar fees*...............................
      Miscellaneous*...................................................
          Total........................................................
</TABLE>
- --------
* To be filed by amendment.
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
  No provision is made in Bermuda statutory law for indemnification of
officers and directors.
 
  The Bye-laws of the registrant provide for indemnification of the
registrant's officers and directors against all liabilities, loss, damage or
expense incurred or suffered by such party as an officer or director of the
registrant; provided that such indemnification shall not extend to any matter
which would render it void pursuant to the Companies Acts as in effect from
time to time in Bermuda.
 
  The Underwriting Agreements provide for indemnification of directors and
officers of the registrant by the Underwriters against certain liabilities.
 
  The directors and officers of the Company are covered by directors' and
officers' insurance policies maintained by the Company.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
  In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, the
registrant has issued the following securities that were not registered under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"):
 
    (a) $800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9-5/8% Senior Notes Due
  2008 (the "GCH Senior Notes") issued by the registrant's wholly-owned
  subsidiary, Global Crossing Holdings, Ltd. and sold to each of Salomon
  Brothers Inc, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, CIBC
  Oppenheimer Corp., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Deutsche Bank
  Securities Inc. (formerly known as Deutsche Morgan Grenfell Inc.) (the
  "Initial Purchasers"), at an aggregate discount from par value of 3.322%.
  The Notes have been resold by the Initial Purchasers only to institutional
  investors that are "qualified institutional buyers" within the meaning of
  Rule 144A under the Securities Act or pursuant to Regulation S under the
  Securities Act; and
 
    (b) the issuance, upon formation of the registrant, of 1,200,000 shares
  of its Common Stock, at its par value of $.01 per share, to its sole
  stockholder.
 
  Such issuances were made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration
provisions of the Securities Act set forth in Section 4(2) thereof relative to
transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or the rules and
regulations thereunder. All of such shares of Common Stock are deemed
restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
  (a) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     EXHIBIT
     NUMBER                                EXHIBIT
     -------                               -------
     <C>     <S>
       1.1*  Form of Underwriting Agreement
       1.2*  Form of Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters
       3.1*  Memorandum of Association of the registrant, dated March 5, 1998
       3.2*  Bye-laws of the registrant, dated March 18, 1997
       3.3*  Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association of the
             Registrant
       4.1*  Indenture, dated as of May 18, 1998, between Global Crossing
             Holdings Ltd. and United States Trust Company of New York, as
             Trustee
       4.2*  Registration Agreement, dated as of May 18, 1998, among the
             registrant, Global Crossing Holdings Ltd. and the other parties
             named therein
       5.1*  Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett as to the legality of the
             Shares being registered
       5.2*  Opinion of Appleby, Spurling & Kempe as to the legality of the
             Shares being registered
       9.1*  Form of Stockholders Agreement, dated as of       , 1998
      10.1*  Form of 1998 Global Crossing Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan
      21.1*  Subsidiaries of the Registrant
      23.1   Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett (included in the opinion
             filed as Exhibit 5.1)
      23.2   Consent of Appleby Spurling & Kempe (included in the opinion filed
             as Exhibit 5.2)
      23.3   Consent of Arthur Andersen & Co.
      24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
      27.1   Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    --------
    * To be filed by amendment
 
  (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
  (1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements,
certificate in such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
  (2) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
  (3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
    (i) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
  1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
  this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
  contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule
  424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be
  part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared
  effective.
 
    (ii) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
  Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form
  of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating
  to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at
  that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets
all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los Angeles, State of California on
May 22, 1998.
 
                                          Global Crossing Ltd.
 
                                                   /s/ John M. Scanlon
                                          By __________________________________
                                          NAME: JOHN M. SCANLON
                                          TITLE:  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
  KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned, being an
officer or director, or both, of GLOBAL CROSSING LTD. (the "Issuer"), in his
capacity as set forth below, hereby constitutes and appoints GARY WINNICK,
LODWRICK COOK, JACK SCANLON, ABBOTT BROWN, DAN J. COHRS and K. EUGENE SHUTLER,
and each of them, his true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all
acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney
and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the Issuer to comply with
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and any rules, regulations
and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in
connection with the registration under the Act of common stock of the Issuer
(the "Shares"), including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign
the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the
Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or
supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or
supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration
Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462
under the Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or
in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments
thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date
of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies
and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
registration statement has been signed on May 22, 1998 by or on behalf of the
following persons in the capacities indicated with the registrant.
 
                SIGNATURE                                 TITLE
 
            /s/ Gary Winnick                  Co-Chairman of the Board and
  -------------------------------------                 Director
              Gary Winnick
 
            /s/ Lodwrick Cook                 Co-Chairman of the Board and
  -------------------------------------                 Director
              Lodwrick Cook
 
           /s/ John M. Scanlon            Chief Executive Officer and Director
  -------------------------------------
             John M. Scanlon
 
                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
               SIGNATURE                                TITLE
 
             /s/ David Lee                President, Chief Operating Officer
  ------------------------------------               and Director
               David Lee
 
            /s/ Barry Porter              Senior Vice President and Director
  ------------------------------------
              Barry Porter
 
            /s/ Abbott Brown              Senior Vice President and Director
  ------------------------------------
              Abbott Brown
 
            /s/ Dan J. Cohrs               Senior Vice President and Chief
  ------------------------------------            Financial Officer
              Dan J. Cohrs
 
         /s/ Hillel Weinberger                         Director
  ------------------------------------
           Hillel Weinberger
 
             /s/ Jay Bloom                             Director
  ------------------------------------
               Jay Bloom
 
            /s/ Dean Kehler                            Director
  ------------------------------------
              Dean Kehler
 
             /s/ Jay Levine                            Director
  ------------------------------------
               Jay Levine
 
          /s/ William Phoenix                          Director
  ------------------------------------
            William Phoenix
 
            /s/ Bruce Raben                            Director
  ------------------------------------
              Bruce Raben
 
           /s/ Michael Steed                           Director
  ------------------------------------
             Michael Steed
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
 
                           AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
registration statement has been signed below in the City of Los Angeles, State
of California on May 22, 1998 by the undersigned as the duly authorized
representative of the registrant in the United States.
 
                                                   /s/ John M. Scanlon
                                          -------------------------------------
 
                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                              EXHIBIT                               PAGE
 -------                             -------                               ----
 <C>     <S>                                                               <C>
   1.1*  Form of Underwriting Agreement
   1.2*  Form of Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters
   3.1*  Memorandum of Association of the Registrant, dated March 5,
         1998
   3.2*  Bye-laws of the Registrant, dated March 18, 1997
   3.3*  Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association of the
         Registrant
   4.1*  Indenture, dated as of May   , 1998, between Global Crossing
         Holding Ltd. and United States Trust Company of New York, as
         Trustee
   4.2*  Registration Agreement, dated as of May 18, 1998, among the
         registrant, Global Crossing Holdings Ltd. and the other parties
         named therein
   5.1*  Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett as to the legality of the
         Shares being registered
   5.2*  Opinion of Appleby, Spurling & Kempe as to the legality of the
         Shares being registered
   9.1*  Form of Stockholders Agreement, dated as of       , 1998
  10.1*  Form of 1998 Global Crossing Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan
  21.1*  Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1   Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett (included in the opinion
         filed as Exhibit 5.1)
  23.2   Consent of Appleby Spurling & Kempe (included in the opinion
         filed as Exhibit 5.2)
  23.3   Consent of Arthur Andersen & Co.
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
  27.1   Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
- --------
* To be filed by amendment

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3

                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our reports 
(and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this 
registration statement.


Arthur Andersen LLP

Hamilton, Bermuda
May 22, 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998             DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1998             MAR-19-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1998             DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                      41,918,190              26,727,880
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0                       0
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0                       0
<INVENTORY>                                          0                       0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            54,683,167              27,743,838
<PP&E>                                               0                       0
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             701,562,521             577,298,723
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       74,295,469              80,000,128
<BONDS>                                    472,253,000             332,534,000
                       95,007,302              90,643,919
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                           110                     110
<OTHER-SE>                                  60,006,640              74,120,566
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>               701,562,521             577,298,723
<SALES>                                              0                       0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                     0                       0
<CGS>                                                0                       0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                        0                       0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                             7,077,411                  39,214
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0                       0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                           (10,130,696)               (160,356)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0                       0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                       (10,130,696)               (160,356)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                              (14,538,926)            (12,850,279)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.13)                   (.12)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (.11)                   (.10)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission